ZX330 Thru ZX370MTH (EM1HH-1-1)

PART NO.
EM1HH − 1 − 1
Operator’s Manual
ZAXIS330 330LC
ZAXIS350H 350LCH
ZAXIS370MTH
HITACHI
INTRODUCTION
Read this manual carefully to learn how to operate This warranty provides you the assurance that Hitachi
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so will back its products where defects appear within the
could result in personal injury or machine damage. warranty period. In some circumstances, Hitachi also
provides field improvements, often without charge to
This manual should be considered a permanent the customer, even if the product is out of warranty.
part of your machine and should remain with the Should the equipment be abused, or modified to
machine when you sell it. change its performance beyond the original
factory specifications, the warranty will become
This machine is of metric design. Measurements in void and field improvements may be denied.
this manual are metric. Use only metric hardware and Setting fuel delivery above specifications or otherwise
tools as specified. overpowering machines will result in such action.
Right-hand and left-hand sides are determined by Only qualified, experienced operators officially
facing in the direction of forward travel. licensed (according to local law) should be allowed to
operate the machine. Moreover, only officially licensed
Write product identification numbers in the personnel should be allowed to inspect and service
Machine Numbers section. Accurately record all the the machine.
numbers to help in tracing the machine should it be
stolen. Your dealer also needs these numbers when Prior to operating this machine in a country other than
you order parts. If this manual is kept on the machine, a country of its intended use, it may be necessary to
also file the identification numbers in a secure place make modifications to it so that it complies with the
off the machine. local standards (including safety standards) and
requirements of that particular country. Please do not
Warranty is provided as a part of Hitachi's support operate this machine outside of the country of its
program for customers who operate and maintain their intended use until such compliance has been
equipment as described in this manual. The warranty confirmed. Please contact Hitachi Construction
is explained on the warranty certificate which you Machinery Co., Ltd. or any of our authorized distributor
should have received from your dealer. or dealer if you have any questions concerning
compliance.
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest product information available
at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
©2001 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.
MACHINE NUMBERS
MACHINE TYPE AND SERIAL NUMBER
MODEL/TYPE:
PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER:
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER M157-00-001
PRODUCT
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER:
NOTE:
Marks to indicate the start and
∗1HHP030001∗ end of the PIN
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (PIN)
M157-12-008
ENGINE TYPE AND SERIAL NUMBER
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
TRAVEL MOTOR TYPE AND SERIAL M1HH-07-001

NUMBER
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
MACHINE NUMBERS
SWING MOTOR TYPE AND SERIAL NUMBER
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
HYDRAULIC PUMP TYPE AND SERIAL M178-07-014
NUMBER
TYPE:
MFG. NO.:
M157-00-004
CONTENTS
MACHINE NUMBERS Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating........ S-26
Prevent Battery Explosions............................... S-27
SAFETY Service Air Conditioning System Safely............ S-27
Recognize Safety Information ............................. S-1 Handle Chemical Products Safely .................... S-28
Understand Signal Words ................................... S-1 Dispose of Waste Properly ............................... S-28
Follow Safety Instructions ................................... S-2
Prepare for Emergencies .................................... S-2 SAFETY SIGNS................................... S-29
Wear Protective Clothing .................................... S-3
Protect Against Noise.......................................... S-3 COMPONENTS NAME.......................... 1-1
Inspect Machine .................................................. S-3
General Precautions for Cab............................... S-4 OPERATOR’S STATION
Use Handholds and Steps................................... S-5 Cab Features .......................................................1-2
Adjust the Operator’s Seat .................................. S-5 Monitor Panel.......................................................1-3
Fasten Your Seat Belt ......................................... S-6 Coolant Temperature Gauge .......................1-4
Move and Operate Machine Safely ..................... S-6 Fuel Gauge ..................................................1-4
Handle Starting Aids Safely................................. S-6 Auto-Idle Indicator..........................................1-4
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat .................... S-7 Auto-Acceleration Indicator ...........................1-4
Jump Starting ...................................................... S-7 Fuel Level Indicator .......................................1-5
Keep Riders Off Machine .................................... S-7 Air Filter Restriction Indicator ........................1-5
Investigate Job Site Beforehand ......................... S-8 Overheat Indicator .........................................1-5
Protect Against Falling Stones and Debris.......... S-8 Engine Oil Pressure Indicator ........................1-5
Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple Alternator Indicator ........................................1-5
Numbers of Machines ................................... S-9 Engine Oil Level Indicator..............................1-6
Confirm Direction of Machine to be Driven ......... S-9 Coolant Level Indicator ..................................1-6
Drive Machine Safely......................................... S-10 Preheat Indicator ...........................................1-6
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents ............... S-11 Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator.........1-6
Avoid Injury from Back-Over Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)..........................1-7
and Swing Accidents ................................... S-12 Display Selection Switch................................1-7
Keep Personnel Clear from Working Area........ S-13 Hour Meter.....................................................1-7
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone ................. S-13 Trip Meter 1 and Trip Meter 2........................1-8
Avoid Undercutting ............................................ S-13 User’s Mode ..................................................1-8
Avoid Tipping..................................................... S-14 Set Switch......................................................1-9
Never Undercut a High Bank............................. S-14 Work Mode Switch ......................................1-10
Dig with Caution ................................................ S-15 Switch Panel ....................................................1-11
Operate with Caution......................................... S-15 Engine Control Dial......................................1-11
Avoid Power Lines............................................. S-15 Auto-Idle/Acceleration Selector ...................1-12
Object Handling................................................. S-16 Power Mode Switch .....................................1-13
Protect Against Flying Debris ............................ S-16 Travel Mode Switch .....................................1-13
Park Machine Safely ......................................... S-17 Work Light Switch........................................1-14
Handle Fluids Safely − Avoid Fires.................... S-17 Wiper/Washer Switch ..................................1-15
Practice Safe Maintenance ............................... S-18 Switch Panel (Optional) .....................................1-16
Warn Others of Service Work ........................... S-19 Key Switch .........................................................1-18
Support Machine Properly................................. S-19 Power Boost Switch ...........................................1-18
Stay Clear of Moving Parts................................ S-19 Horn Switch........................................................1-18
Prevent Parts from Flying ................................ S-20 Lighter ...............................................................1-19
Store Attachments Safely.................................. S-20 Cab Light............................................................1-20
Prevent Burns.................................................... S-21 Installing Fire Extinguisher.................................1-20
Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically.................. S-21 Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever...............................1-21
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids............................... S-22 Engine Stop Knob ..............................................1-21
Prevent Fires ..................................................... S-23 Fuse Box............................................................1-22
Evacuating in Case of Fire ................................ S-24 Air Conditioner Operation ..................................1-23
Beware of Exhaust Fumes ................................ S-24 Cab Heater Operation........................................1-27
Precautions for Welding and Grinding .............. S-25 Cooling Operation ..............................................1-28
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ..... S-26 Defroster Operation ...........................................1-28
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage .............1-30
Flammable Fluids........................................ S-26 Cab Heater Operation........................................1-31
CONTENTS
Cab Heater Operation ....................................... 1-33 Work Mode ........................................................5-10
Defroster Operation........................................... 1-34 Power Boost.......................................................5-10
AM/FM Radio Operation.................................... 1-35 Power Mode.......................................................5-11
Digital Clock Setting Procedure......................... 1-36 Precautions for Operations ................................5-12
Cab Door Release Lever................................... 1-38 Operate the Machine Safely ..............................5-13
Opening Upper Front Window........................... 1-38 Operating Backhoe ............................................5-14
Closing Upper Front Window ............................ 1-39 Grading Operation .............................................5-14
Removing and Storing Lower Face Shovel Operation ......................................5-15
Front Window.............................................. 1-40 Avoid Abusive Operation ...................................5-15
Opening Side Windows ..................................... 1-41 Operating Tips ...................................................5-16
Opening/Closing Overhead Window ................. 1-42 Select Correct Track Shoes...............................5-16
Emergency Exit ................................................. 1-43 Precaution for Arm Roll-in/Bucket Roll-in
Adjust the Seat (ZAXIS330, 330LC).................. 1-44 Combined Operation ...................................5-17
Adjusting the Seat --- If Equipped Shackle Hole Usage ..........................................5-17
(ZAXIS350H, 350LCH, 370MTH)................ 1-46 Overnight Storage Instructions ..........................5-17
Adjusting Console Height .................................. 1-48 Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure .............5-18
Seat Belt............................................................ 1-49 Object Handling --- If Equipped .........................5-19
BREAK-IN TRANSPORTING
Observe Engine Operation Closely ..................... 2-1 Transporting by Road ..........................................6-1
Every Eight Hours or Daily .................................. 2-1 Loading/Unloading on a Trailer............................6-1
After the First 50 Hours ....................................... 2-1 Machine Lifting Procedure ...................................6-5
After the First 100 Hours ..................................... 2-1 Backhoe (ZAXIS330) ...........................................6-6
Backhoe (ZAXIS330LC) ......................................6-9
OPERATING THE ENGINE Backhoe (ZAXIS350H) ......................................6-12
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting ................ 3-1 Backhoe (ZAXIS350LCH)..................................6-15
Before Starting Engine ........................................ 3-2 Backhoe (ZAXIS370MTH) .................................6-18
Level Check......................................................... 3-3
Starting the Engine.............................................. 3-4
Starting in Cold Weather ..................................... 3-5 MAINTENANCE
Check Instruments After Starting ........................ 3-6 Correct Maintenance
Using Booster Batteries....................................... 3-7 and Inspection Procedures............................7-1
Stopping the Engine ............................................ 3-9 Check the Hour Meter Regularly .........................7-2
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants .......................7-2
DRIVING THE MACHINE Maintenance Guide Table....................................7-3
Drive the Machine Carefully ................................ 4-1 Prepare Machine for Maintenance.......................7-5
Steering the Machine Using Pedals .................... 4-2 Hood and Access Covers ....................................7-6
Steering the Machine Using Levers .................... 4-3 Periodic Replacement of Parts ............................7-7
Travel Mode Switch............................................. 4-4 Maintenance Guide..............................................7-8
Travel Alarm (Optional) ....................................... 4-4 A. Greasing ....................................................7-11
Traveling.............................................................. 4-5 Front Joint Pins............................................7-12
Operating on Soft Ground ................................... 4-6 Swing Bearing..............................................7-14
Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm .............. 4-6 Swing Internal Gear .....................................7-15
Towing Machine a Short Distance....................... 4-7 Lubricator.....................................................7-16
Operating in Water or Mud.................................. 4-8 B. Engine..........................................................7-18
Precautions for Traveling on Slopes ................... 4-9 Engine Oil Level...........................................7-19
Parking the Machine on Slopes......................... 4-10 Change Engine Oil.......................................7-19
Parking the Machine.......................................... 4-10 Replace Engine Oil Filter .............................7-19
C. Transmission .............................................7-21
OPERATING THE MACHINE Pump Transmission.....................................7-22
Control Lever (ISO Pattern) ............................... 5-1 Swing Reduction Gear.................................7-23
Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) ...................... 5-2 Travel Reduction Gear ................................7-24
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever ................................ 5-3 D. Hydraulic System .........................................7-26
Engine Speed Control ......................................... 5-6 Inspection and Maintenance
Auto-Idle .............................................................. 5-7 of Hydraulic Equipment .........................7-27
Auto Acceleration ................................................ 5-8 Check Hydraulic Oil Level............................7-29
CONTENTS
Drain Hydraulic Tank Sump ........................ 7-30 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts
Change Hydraulic Oil .................................. 7-31 and Nuts ................................................7-78
Suction Filter Cleaning ................................ 7-31
Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter................ 7-34 MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL
Replace Pilot Oil Filter................................. 7-35 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Check Hoses and Lines .............................. 7-36 Maintenance Under Special
Service Recommendations for Environmental Conditions..............................9-1
Hydraulic Fittings................................... 7-39
E. Fuel System ................................................ 7-41 STORAGE
Drain Fuel Tank Sump ................................ 7-43 Storing the Machine ...........................................10-1
Check Water Separator .............................. 7-43 Removing the Machine from Storage ................10-2
Replace Fuel Filter ...................................... 7-45
Clean Feed Pump Strainer.......................... 7-46 TROUBLESHOOTING
Check Fuel Hoses....................................... 7-47 Engine ...............................................................11-1
F. Air Cleaner .................................................. 7-48 Electrical System ...............................................11-6
Clean the Air Cleaner Outer Element.......... 7-48 Mode Selection ..................................................11-8
Replace the Air Cleaner Outer Control Levers ...................................................11-9
and Inner Elements............................... 7-48 Hydraulic System ...............................................11-9
G. Cooling System ........................................... 7-50
Check Coolant Level ................................... 7-52 SPECIFICATIONS
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension............ 7-52 ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC
Change Coolant .......................................... 7-53 Specifications .............................................12-1
Clean Radiator Interior ................................ 7-53 Working Ranges..........................................12-2
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core Shoe Types and Applications ......................12-3
and Inter Cooler .................................... 7-54 Bucket Types and Applications ...................12-4
Clean Oil Cooler Front Screen .................... 7-54 ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser ............... 7-54 Specifications .............................................12-5
Clean Inter Cooler Front Screen ................. 7-54 Working Ranges..........................................12-6
H. Electrical System ....................................... 7-55 Shoe Types and Applications ......................12-7
Batteries ...................................................... 7-55 Bucket Types and Applications ...................12-8
Replace Batteries........................................ 7-59 ZAXIS370MTH
Replacing Fuses ......................................... 7-59 Specifications .............................................12-9
I. Miscellaneous ............................................ 7-60 Working Ranges........................................12-10
Check Bucket Teeth.................................... 7-61 Shoe Types and Applications ....................12-11
Change Bucket .......................................... 7-66 Bucket Types and Applications .................12-12
Convert Bucket Connection Into
Face Shovel .......................................... 7-67 OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND
Adjust the Bucket Linkage .......................... 7-68 DEVICES
Remove the Travel Levers .......................... 7-69 Automatic Lubrication Device ............................13-1
Check and Replace Seat Belt ................... 7-70 Bucket Teeth
Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level ....... 7-70 (Transverse-Type-Pin Used Type) ............13-4
Check Track Sag ........................................ 7-71 Hydraulic Breaker ..............................................13-5
Adjust Track Sag......................................... 7-71 Breaker Operation .............................................13-6
Loosen the Track ........................................ 7-72 Precautions for Breaker Operation ....................13-7
Tighten the Track ........................................ 7-72 Breaker Maintenance.......................................13-10
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter .... 7-73 Hydraulic Crusher ............................................13-11
Check the Air Conditioner ........................... 7-75 Precautions for Crusher Operation ..................13-12
Cleaning Cab Floor ..................................... 7-76
Check Injection Nozzle................................ 7-77 INDEX..............................................................14-1
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt ...................... 7-77
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance ........... 7-77
Check Fuel Injection Timing........................ 7-77
Measure Engine Compression Pressure .... 7-77
Check Starter and Alternator....................... 7-77
Change Water Pump Grease ..................... 7-77
SAFETY
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION
• These are the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS.
• When you see these symbols on your machine or in

this manual, be alert to the potential for personal in-
jury.
• Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
SA-688
001-E01A-0001
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS
• On machine safety signs, signal words designating the

degree or level of hazard - DANGER, WARNING, or
CAUTION - are used with the safety alert symbol.
• DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation

which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious in-
jury.
• WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
• CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
• DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located
near specific hazards. General precautions are listed
on CAUTION safety signs.
• Some safety signs don’t use any of the designated
signal words above after the safety alert symbol are
occasionally used on this machine. SA-1223
•
• CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this
manual.
• To avoid confusing machine protection with personal

safety messages, a signal word IMPORTANT indicates
a situation which, if not avoided, could result in damage
to the machine.
• NOTE indicates an additional explanation for an

element of information.
002-E01A-1223
S-1
SAFETY
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine

and all safety messages in this manual.
• Safety signs should be installed, maintained and re-

placed when necessary.
• If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing,

order a replacement from your authorized dealer in
the same way you order other replacement parts (be
sure to state machine model and serial number when
ordering). SA-003
• Learn how to operate the machine and its controls cor-

rectly and safely.
• Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to op-

erate the machine.
• Keep your machine in proper working condition.
• Unauthorized modifications of the machine may impair

its function and/or safety and affect machine life.
• The safety messages in this SAFETY chapter are in-

tended to illustrate basic safety procedures of machines.
However it is impossible for these safety messages to
cover every hazardous situation you may encounter. If
you have any questions, you should first consult your
supervisor and/or your authorized dealer before operat-
ing or performing maintenance work on the machine.
003-E01B-0003
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
• Be prepared if a fire starts or if an accident occurs.
• Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand.

• Thoroughly read and understand the label attached on
the fire extinguisher to use it properly.
• To ensure that a fire-extinguisher can be always used
when necessary, check and service the
fire-extinguisher at the recommended intervals as
specified in the fire-extinguisher manual.
SA-437
• Establish emergency procedure guidelines to cope
with fires and accidents.
• Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance
service, hospital, and fire department posted near
your telephone.
004-E01A-0437
S-2
SAFETY
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
• Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appro-

priate to the job.
You may need:

A hard hat
Safety shoes
Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
Heavy gloves
Hearing protection
Reflective clothing
Wet weather gear SA-438
Respirator or filter mask.

Be sure to wear the correct equipment and clothing for
the job. Do not take any chances.
• Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items

that can catch on control levers or other parts of the
machine.
• Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating the machine.
005-E01A-0438
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE
• Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

or loss of hearing.
• Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as

earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable
or uncomfortably loud noises.
SA-434
006-E01A-0434
INSPECT MACHINE
• Inspect your machine carefully each day or shift by walk-

ing around it before you start it to avoid personal injury.
• In the walk-around inspection, be sure to cover all

points described in the “PRE-START INSPECTION”
chapter in the operator’s manual.
007-E01A-0435 SA-435
S-3
SAFETY
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS FOR CAB
• Before entering the cab, thoroughly remove all dirt

and/or oil from the soles of your work boots. If any
controls such as a pedal is operated while with dirt
and/or oil on the soles of the operator’s work boots the
operator’s foot may slip off the pedal, possibly result-
ing in a personal accident.
• Don’t leave parts and/or tools lying around the opera-
tor’s seat. Store them in their specified locations.
• Avoid storing transparent bottles in the cab. Don’t at-
tach any transparent type window decorations on the
windowpanes as they may focus sunlight, possibly
starting a fire.
• Refrain from listening to the radio, or using music
headphones or mobile telephones in the cab while
operating the machine.
• Keep all flammable objects and/or explosives away
from the machine.
• After using the ashtray, always cover it to extinguish
the match and/or tobacco.
• Don’t leave cigarette lighters in the cab. When the
temperature in the cab increases, the lighter may ex-
plode.
524-E01A-0000
S-4
SAFETY
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS
• Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.
• When you get on and off the machine, always face the
machine and maintain a three-point contact with the
steps and handrails.
• Do not use any controls as handholds.
• Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
• Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps,
SA-439
and handrails when leaving the machine.
008-E01A-0439
ADJUST THE OPERATOR’S SEAT
• A poorly adjusted seat for either the operator or for the

work at hand may quickly fatigue the operator leading to
misoperations.
• The seat should be adjusted whenever changing the

operator for the machine.
• The operator should be able to fully depress the ped-
als and to correctly operate the control levers with his
back against the seat back.
• If not, move the seat forward or backward, and check SA-378
again.
009-E01A-0378
S-5
SAFETY
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
• If the machine should overturn, the operator may be-

come injured and/or thrown from the cab. Additionally
the operator may be crushed by the overturning machine,
resulting in serious injury or death.
• Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine

webbing, buckle and attaching hardware. If any item is
damaged or worn, replace the seat belt or component
before operating the machine.
• Be sure to remain seated with the seat belt securely SA-237
fastened at all times when the machine is in operation
to minimize the chance of injury from an accident.
• We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every
three years regardless of its apparent condition.
010-E01A-0237
MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY
• Bystanders can be run over.
• Take extra care not to run over bystanders. Confirm

the location of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
• Always keep the travel alarm and horn in working con-
dition (if equipped). It warns people when the machine
starts to move.
• Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or oper-
ating the machine in congested areas. Coordinate
hand signals before starting the machine. SA-426
011-E01A-0426
HANDLE STARTING AIDS SAFELY
Starting fluid:
• Starting fluid is highly flammable.
• Keep all sparks and flame away when using it.

• Keep starting fluid well away from batteries and ca-
bles.
• Remove container from machine if engine does not
need starting fluid.
• To prevent accidental discharge when storing a pres-
surized container, keep the cap on the container, and
store it in a cool, well-protected location. SA-293
• Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.

036-E01A-0293-3
S-6
SAFETY
OPERATE ONLY FROM OPERATOR’S SEAT
• Inappropriate engine starting procedures may cause the

machine to runaway, possibly resulting in serious injury
or death.
• Start the engine only from the operator’s seat.

• NEVER start the engine while standing on the track or
on ground.
• Do not start engine by shorting across starter termi-
nals.
SA-444
• Before starting the engine, confirm that all control lev-
ers are in neutral.
012-E01B-0444
JUMP STARTING
• Battery gas can explode, resulting in serious injury.
• If the engine must be jump started, be sure to follow

the instructions shown in the “OPERATING THE EN-
GINE” chapter.
• The operator must be in the operator’s seat so that
the machine will be under control when the engine
starts. Jump starting is a two-person operation.
• Never use a frozen battery.
SA-032
• Failure to follow correct jump starting procedures

could result in a battery explosion or a runaway ma-
chine.
S013-E01A-0032
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE
• Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

struck by foreign objects and being thrown off the ma-
chine.
• Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders

off.
• Riders also obstruct the operator’s view, resulting in
the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
SA-379
014-E01B-0379
S-7
SAFETY
INVESTIGATE JOB SITE BEFOREHAND
• When working at the edge of an excavation or on a road

shoulder, the machine could tip over, possibly resulting
in serious injury or death.
• Investigate the configuration and ground conditions of

the job site beforehand to prevent the machine from
falling and to prevent the ground, stockpiles, or banks
from collapsing.
• Make a work plan. Use machines appropriate to the
work and job site.
SA-380
• Reinforce ground, edges, and road shoulders as nec-
essary. Keep the machine well back from the edges of
excavations and road shoulders.
• When working on an incline or on a road shoulder,
employ a signal person as required.
• Confirm that your machine is equipped a FOPS cab
before working in areas where the possibility of falling
stones or debris exist.
• When the footing is weak, reinforce the ground before
starting work.
• When working on frozen ground, be extremely alert.
As ambient temperatures rise, footing becomes loose
and slippery.
• Beware the possibility of fire when operating the ma-
chine near flammable objects such as dry grass.
015-E01A-0380
PROTECT AGAINST FALLING STONES AND

DEBRIS
• Confirm that your machine is FOPS cab equipped

before working in areas where the possibility of falling
stones or debris exist.
SA-490
015-E01A-0380
S-8
SAFETY
PROVIDE SIGNALS FOR JOBS INVOLVING
MULTIPLE NUMBERS OF MACHINES
• For jobs involving multiple numbers of machines, pro-

vide signals commonly known by all personnel involved.
Also, appoint a signal person to coordinate the job site.
Make sure that all personnel obey the signal person’s
directions.
018-E01A-0481
SA-481
CONFIRM DIRECTION OF MACHINE TO BE

DRIVEN
• Incorrect travel pedal/lever operation may result in seri-

ous injury death.
• Before driving the machine, confirm the position of the

undercarriage in relation to the operator’s position. If
the travel motors are located in front of the cab, the
machine will move in reverse when travel ped-
als/levers are operated to the front.
SA-491
017-E01A-0491
S-9
SAFETY
DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY
• Before driving the machine, always confirm that the

travel levers/pedals direction corresponds to the direc-
tion you wish to drive.
• Be sure to detour around any obstructions.

• Avoid traveling over obstructions. Soil, fragments of
rocks, and/or metal pieces may scatter around the
machine. Don’t allow personnel to stay around the
machine while traveling.
SA-387
• Driving on a slope may cause the machine to slip or

overturn, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
• When driving up or down a slope, keep the bucket

facing the direction of travel, approximately 0.5 to 1.0
m (A) above the ground.
• If the machine starts to skid or becomes unstable,
immediately lower the bucket to the ground and stop.
SA-388
SA-441
• Driving across the face of a slope or steering on a

slope may cause the machine to skid or turnover. If
the direction must be changed, move the machine to
level ground, then, change the direction to ensure
sage operation.
SA-589
019-E01C-0492
S-10
SAFETY
AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAY
ACCI-DENTS
• Death or serious injury may result if you attempt to

mount or stop a moving machine.
To avoid rollaways:
• Select level ground when possible to park machine.
• Do not park the machine on a grade.
• Lower the bucket and/or other work tools to the
ground.
• Turn the auto-idle switch and the H/P mode switch off. SA-391
• Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5

minutes to cool down the engine.
• Stop the engine and remove the key from the key
switch.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
• Block both tracks and lower the bucket to the ground.
Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground if you must
park on a grade.
• Position the machine to prevent rolling.
• Park a reasonable distance from other machines.
SA-392
020-E02A-0493
S-11
SAFETY
AVOID INJURY FROM BACK-OVER AND
SWING ACCIDENTS
• If any person is present near the machine when backing

or swinging the upperstructure, the machine may hit or
run over that person, resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid back-over and swing accidents:

• Always look around BEFORE YOU BACK UP AND
SWING THE MACHINE. BE SURE THAT ALL BY-
STANDERS ARE CLEAR.
• Keep the travel alarm in working condition (if SA-383
equipped).
ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS MOVING
INTO THE WORK AREA. USE THE HORN OR
OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN BYSTANDERS BEFORE
MOVING MACHINE.
• USE A SIGNAL PERSON WHEN BACKING UP IF
YOUR VIEW IS OBSTRUCTED. ALWAYS KEEP THE
SIGNAL PERSON IN VIEW.
Use hand signals, which conform to your local regula-
tions, when work conditions require a signal person.
• No machine motions shall be made unless signals are
clearly understood by both signalman and operator. SA-384
• Learn the meanings of all flags, signs, and markings

used on the job and confirm who has the responsibility
for signaling.
• Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good
condition.
• Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As
visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper
lighting.
• Read and understand all operating instructions in the
operator’s manual.
021-E01A-0494
S-12
SAFETY
KEEP PERSON CLEAR FROM WORKING
AREA
• A person may be hit severely by the swinging front at-

tachment or counterweight and/or may be crushed
against an other object, resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Keep all persons clear from the area of operation and

machine movement.
• Before operating the machine, set up barriers to the
sides and rear area of the bucket swing radius to pre-
vent anyone from entering the work area.
SA-386
022-E01A-0386
NEVER POSITION BUCKET OVER ANYONE
• Never lift, move, or swing bucket above anyone or a

truck cab.
Serious injury or machine damage may result due to
bucket load spill or due to collision with the bucket.
SA-487
023-E01A-0487
AVOID UNDERCUTTING
• In order to retreat from the edge of an excavation if the

footing should collapse, always position the undercar-
riage perpendicular to the edge of the excavation with
the travel motors at the rear.
• If the footing starts to collapse and if retreat is not pos-

sible, do not panic. Often, the machine can be
secured by lowering the front attachment, in such
cases.
SA-488
024-E01A-0488
S-13
SAFETY
AVOID TIPPING
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OF TIPPING

MACHINE --- SERIOUS OR FATAL CRUSHING INJU-
RIES WILL RESULT
MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THAN YOU CAN
JUMP FREE
FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT
• The danger of tipping is always present when operating
on a grade, possibly resulting in serious injury or death.
To avoid tipping: SA-012

• Be extra careful before operating on a grade.
• Prepare machine operating area flat.

• Keep the bucket low to the ground and close to the
machine.
• Reduce operating speeds to avoid tipping or slipping.
• Avoid changing direction when traveling on grades.
• NEVER attempt to travel across a grade steeper than
15 degrees if crossing the grade is unavoidable.
• Reduce swing speed as necessary when swinging
loads. SA-440
• Be careful when working on frozen ground.

• Temperature increases will cause the ground to be-
come soft and make ground travel unstable.
025-E01B-0495
NEVER UNDERCUT A HIGH BANK
• The edges could collapse or a land slide could occur

causing serious injury or death.
SA-489
026-E01A-0489
S-14
SAFETY
DIG WITH CAUTION
• Accidental severing of underground cables or gas lines

may cause an explosion and/or fire, possibly resulting in
serious injury or death.
• Before digging check the location of cables, gas lines,

and water lines.
• Keep the minimum distance required, by law, from ca-
bles, gas lines, and water lines.
• If a fiber optic cable should be accidentally severed,
do not look into the end. Doing so may result in seri-
SA-382
ous eye injury.
• Contact your local “diggers hot line” if available in your
area , and/or the utility companies directly.
Have them mark all underground utilities.
027-E01A-0382
OPERATE WITH CAUTION
• If the front attachment or any other part of the machine

hits against an overhead obstacle, such as a bridge,
both the machine and the overhead obstacle will be
damaged, and personal injury may result as well.
• Take care to avoid hitting overhead obstacles with the

boom or arm.
028-E01A-0389 SA-389
AVOID POWER LINES
• Serious injury or death can result if the machine or front

attachments are not kept a safe distance from electric
lines.
• When operating near an electric line, NEVER move

any part of the machine or load closer than 3 m plus
twice the line insulator length.
• Check and comply with any local regulations that may
apply.
• Wet ground will expand the area that could cause any
person on it to be affected by electric shock. Keep all
bystanders or co-workers away from the site.
SA-381
029-E01A-0381
S-15
SAFETY
OBJECT HANDLING
• If a lifted load should fall, any person nearby may be

struck by the falling load or may be crushed underneath
it, resulting in serious injury or death.
• When using the machine for craning operations, be

sure to comply with all local regulations.
• Do not use damaged chains or frayed cables, sables,
slings, or ropes.
• Before craning, position the upperstructure with the
travel motors at the rear.
SA-014
• Move the load slowly and carefully. Never move it sud-

denly.
• Keep all persons will away from the load.
• Never move a load over a person’s head.
• Do not allow anyone to approach the load until it is
safely and securely situated on supporting blocks or
on the ground.
• Never attach a sling or chain to the bucket teeth. They
may come off, causing the load to fall.
030-E01A-0014
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS
• If flying debris hit eyes or any other part of the body, se-
rious injury may result.
• Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or de-

bris; wear goggles or safety glasses.
• Keep bystanders away from the working area before
striking any object.
SA-432
031-E01A-0432
S-16
SAFETY
PARK MACHINE SAFELY
To avoid accidents:
• Park machine on a level surface.
• Lower bucket to the ground.
• Turn auto-idle switch and H/P mode switch off.
• Run engine at slow idle speed without load for 5 min-
utes.
• Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine.
• Remove the key from the key switch.
• Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi- SA-390
tion.
• Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.
• Lock all access doors and compartments.
033-E08B-0390
HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY－

－AVOID FIRES
• Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. If fuel ig-

nites, an explosion and/or a fire may occur, possibly re-
sulting in serious injury or death.
• Do not refuel the machine while smoking or when

near open flame or sparks.
• Always stop the engine before refueling the machine.
• Fill the fuel tank outdoors.
• All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolants are flam- SA-018
mable.
• Store flammable fluids well away from fire hazards.

• Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.
• Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spon-
taneously.
• Securely tighten the fuel and oil filler cap.
SA-019
034-E01A-0496
S-17
SAFETY
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE
To avoid accidents:
• Understand service procedures before doing work.
• Keep the work area clean and dry.
• Do not spray water or steam inside cab.
• Never lubricate or service the machine while it is mov-
ing.
• Keep hands, feet and clothing away from
power-driven parts.
Before servicing the machine:

1. Park the machine on a level surface.
SA-028
2. Lower the bucket to the ground.
3. Turn the auto-idle switch off.
4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for 5
minutes.
5. Turn the key switch to OFF to stop engine.
6. Relieve the pressure in the hydraulic system by mov-
ing the control levers several times.
7. Remove the key from the switch.
8. Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
9. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi-
tion.
10. Allow the engine to cool.
• If a maintenance procedure must be performed with

the engine running, do not leave machine unattended.
• If the machine must be raised, maintain a 90 to 110°
angle between the boom and arm. Securely support SA-527
any machine elements that must be raised for service

work.
• Never work under a machine raised by the boom.
• Inspect certain parts periodically and repair or replace
as necessary. Refer to the section discussing that part
in the “MAINTENANCE” chapter of this manual.
• Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
• Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken
parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
• When cleaning parts, always use nonflammable de-
tergent oil. Never use highly flammable oil such as
fuel oil and gasoline to clean parts or surfaces.
• Disconnect battery ground cable (–) before making
adjustments to electrical systems or before performing
welding on the machine.
500-E02B-0497
S-18
SAFETY
• Sufficiently illuminate the work site. Use a mainte-
nance work light when working under or inside the
machine.
• Always use a work light protected with a guard. In
case the light bulb is broken, spilled fuel, oil, anti-
freeze fluid, or window washer fluid may catch fire.
SA-037
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
• Unexpected machine movement can cause serious in-

jury.
• Before performing any work on the machine, attach a

“Do Not Operate” tag on the control lever.
This tag is available from your authorized dealer.
501-E01A-0287
SA-287
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
• Never attempt to work on the machine without securing

the machine first.
• Always lower the attachment to the ground before you

work on the machine.
• If you must work on a lifted machine or attachment,
securely support the machine or attachment. Do not
support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tires, or
props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a SA-527
jack.
519-E01A-0527
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
• Entanglement in moving parts can cause serious injury.
• To prevent accidents, care should be taken to ensure

that hands, feet, clothing, jewelry and hair do not be-
come entangled when working around rotating parts.
502-E01A-0026
SA-026
S-19
SAFETY
PREVENT PARTS FROM FLYING
• Grease in the track adjuster is under high pressure.

Failure to follow the precautions below may result in se-
rious injury, blindness, or death.
• Do not attempt to remove GREASE FITTING or

VALVE ASSEMBLY.
• As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face
away from valve.
• Travel reduction gears are under pressure. SA-344
• As pieces may fly off, be sure to keep body and face

away from AIR RELEASE PLUG to avoid injury.
GEAR OIL is hot.
• Wait for GEAR OIL to cool, then gradually loosen AIR
RELEASE PLUG to release pressure.
503-E01B-0344
STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY
• Stored attachments such as buckets, hydraulic ham-

mers, and blades can fall and cause serious injury or
death.
• Securely store attachments and implements to pre-

vent falling. Keep children and bystanders away from
storage areas.
SA-034
504-E01A-0034
S-20
SAFETY
PREVENT BURNS
Hot spraying fluids:
• After operation, engine coolant is hot and under pres-

sure. Hot water or steam is contained in the engine, ra-
diator and heater lines.
Skin contact with escaping hot water or steam can
cause severe burns.
• To avoid possible injury from hot spraying water. DO

NOT remove the radiator cap until the engine is cool.
SA-039
When opening, turn the cap slowly to the stop. Allow
all pressure to be released before removing the cap.
• The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized. Again, be sure to
release all pressure before removing the cap.
Hot fluids and surfaces:
• Engine oil, gear oil and hydraulic oil also become hot
during operation.
The engine, hoses, lines and other parts become hot as
well.
SA-225
• Wait for the oil and components to cool before starting
any maintenance or inspection work.
505-E01B-0498
REPLACE RUBBER HOSES PERIODICALLY
• Rubber hoses that contain flammable fluids under pres-

sure may break due to aging, fatigue, and abrasion. It is
very difficult to gauge the extent of deterioration due to
aging, fatigue, and abrasion of rubber hoses by inspec-
tion alone.
• Periodically replace the rubber hoses. (See the page

of “Periodic replacement of parts” in the operator’s
manual).
SA-019
• Failure to periodically replace rubber hoses may cause a
fire, fluid injection into skin, or the front attachment to fall
on a person nearby, which may result in severe burns,
gangrene, or otherwise serious injury or death.
S506-E01A-0019
S-21
SAFETY
AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS
• Fluids such as diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure

can penetrate the skin or eyes causing serious injury,
blindness or death.
• Avoid this hazard by relieving pressure before dis-

connecting hydraulic or other lines.
• Tighten all connections before applying pressure.
• Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard; take care SA-031
to protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids.

Wear a face shield or goggles for eye protection.
• If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with this
type of injury immediately. Any fluid injected into the
skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result.
SA-292
SA-044
507-E03A-0499
S-22
SAFETY
PREVENT FIRES
Check for Oil Leaks:

• Fuel, hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can lead to fires.
• Check for oil leaks due to missing or loose clamps,

kinked hoses, lines or hoses that rub against each
other, damage to the oil-cooler, and loose oil-cooler
flange bolts.
• Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose or dam-
aged clamps, lines, hoses, oil-cooler and oil-cooler
flange bolts.
• Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines. SA-019
• Never install bent or damaged lines, pipes or hoses.
Check for Shorts:

• Short circuits can cause fires.
• Clean and tighten all electrical connections.

• Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10)
hours operation for loose, kinked, hardened or frayed
electrical cables and wires.
• Check before each shift or after eight (8) to ten (10)
hours operation for missing or damaged terminal
caps.
• DO NOT OPERATE MACHINE if cable or wires are
loose, kinked, etc..
Clean up Flammables:
• Spilled fuel, oil, antifreeze fluid and window washer fluid,
and trash, grease, debris, accumulated coal dust, and
other flammables may cause fires.
• Prevent fires by inspecting and cleaning the machine

daily, and by removing spilled or accumulated flam-
mables immediately.
Check Key Switch:

• If fire breaks out, failure to stop the engine will escalate
fire, hampering fire fighting.
Always check key switch function before operating the
machine every day:
1. Start the engine and run it at slow idle.
2. Turn the key switch to the OFF position to confirm
that the engine stops.
• If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them
508-E02B-0019
S-23
SAFETY
Check Emergency Engine Stop Switch:
• If a fire breaks out, failure to release pressurized air in-
side the hydraulic tank will escalate fire, hampering fire
fighting.
• Check the emergency engine stop switch function
every 250 hours:
1) Start the engine and run it at slow Idle.
2) Turn the emergency engine stop switch to the
EMERG. STOP position.
3) Confirm that both engines stop and that pressur-
ized air inside the hydraulic oil tank is released (a
hissing sound should be heard).
• If any abnormalities are found, be sure to repair them
Check Heat Shields:

• Damaged or missing heat shield may lead to fires.
• Damaged or missing heat shields must be repaired or
replaced before operating the machine.
508-E02A-0393
EVACUATING IN CASE OF FIRE
• If a fire breaks out, evacuate the machine in the follow-

ing way:
• Stop the engine by turning the key switch to the OFF
position if there is time.
• Use a fire extinguisher if there is time.
• Exit the machine.
• In an emergency, if the cab door or front window can not
be opened, break the front or rear window panes with SA-393
the emergency evacuation hammer to escape from the
cab. Refer the explanation pages on the Emergency
Evacuation Method.
518-E02B-0393
SS-1510
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
• Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause

sickness or death.
• If you must operate in a building, be sure there is ade-
quate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe ex-
tension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors
and windows to bring enough outside air into the area.
509-E01A-0016
SA-016
S-24
SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS FOR WELDING AND GRIND-
ING
• Welding may generate gas and/or small fires.

• Be sure to perform welding in a well ventilated and
prepared area. Store flammable objects in a safe
place before starting welding.
• Only qualified personnel should perform welding.
Never allow an unqualified person to perform welding.
• Grinding on the machine may create fire hazards. Store
flammable objects in a safe place before starting grind-
ing.
• After finishing welding and grinding, recheck that there SA-818
are no abnormalities such as the area surrounding the

welded area still smoldering.
523-E01A-0818
S-25
SAFETY
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID
LINES
• Flammable spray can be generated by heating near

pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to your-
self and bystanders.
• Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch

near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable mate-
rials.
• Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when heat
goes beyond the immediate flame area. Install tem- SA-030
porary fire-resistant guards to protect hoses or other
materials before engaging in welding, soldering, etc..
AVOID APPLYING HEAT TO LINES CONTAIN-

ING FLAMMABLE FLUIDS
• Do not weld or flame cut pipes or tubes that contain

flammable fluids.
• Clean them thoroughly with nonflammable solvent
before welding or flame cutting them.
510-E01B-0030
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR

HEATING
• Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is

heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. If inhaled,
these fumes may cause sickness.
• Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

• Do all such work outside or in a well-ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
SA-029
• Remove paint before welding or heating:

1. If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
2. If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper
with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent
or paint stripper containers and other flammable ma-
terial from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15
minutes before welding or heating.
511-E01A-0029
S-26
SAFETY
PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS
• Battery gas can explode.
• Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away from

the top of battery.
• Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.
• Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
the battery to 16 °C (60 °F) first.
• Do not continue to use or charge the battery when
SA-032
electrolyte level is lower than specified. Explosion of
the battery may result.
• Loose terminals may produce sparks. Securely tighten
all terminals.
• Battery electrolyte is poisonous. If the battery should ex-

plode battery electrolyte may be splashed into eyes, pos-
sibly resulting in blindness.
• Be sure to wear eye protection when checking elec-

trolyte specific gravity.
512-E01B-0032
SERVICE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

SAFELY
• If spilled onto skin, refrigerant may cause a cold contact

burn.
• Refer to the freon container for proper use when ser-

vicing the air conditioning system.
• Use a recovery and recycling system to avoid venting
freon into the atmosphere.
• Never let the freon stream make contact with the skin.
SA-405
513-E01A-0405
S-27
SAFETY
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY
• Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause se-

rious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
your machine include such items as lubricants, coolants,
paints, and adhesives.
• A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides spe-

cific details on chemical products: physical and health
hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response
techniques.
• Check the MSDS before you start any job using a haz-
ardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what SA-309
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and use recommended equipment.
• See your authorized dealer for MSDS’s (available only
in English) on chemical products used with your ma-
chine.
515-E01A-0309
DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY
• Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the envi-

ronment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with HITACHI equipment includes such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
• Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not

use food or beverage containers that may mislead
someone into drinking from them.
• Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or
into any water source.
• Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can SA-226
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regula-

tions may require a certified air conditioning service
center to recover and recycle used air conditioning
refrigerants.
• Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of
waste from your local environmental or recycling cen-
ter, or from your authorized dealer.
516-E01A-0226
S-28
SAFETY SIGNS/ Oceania Model Only
SS-862 SS-2186
SS-2044
SS-863
SS-859
SS-2045
S-29
SS-2186
SS3092205
SS-866 SS-2228
SS-2042
SS3092349
S-30
SS-408
SS-1737
SS-2040
SS-864
SS-2046
SS3092351
S-31
SS-2047
SS3092350
SS-024
SS-2041
Stay clear of
hot surface.
SS-1258 SS-2207
S-32
SS4336494
M178-07-029
SS-2039
SS3092352
SS-411
SS-2210
S-33
SAFETY SIGNS/ Asia/Middle and Near East Model Only
SS-1613
• Sign indicates an electrocution hazard if machine is SS-2186
brought too near electric power lines.
Keep a safe distance from electric power lines.
SS-2044
SS-1618
• Sign indicates a hazard form falling window.
After raising window, be sure to lock it in place with lock
pins.
SS4459990
SS-2045
• Don’t extend your hands or head from the window. Your
hands or head may come in contact with the boom.
S-34
SS-2186
SS3092205
SS-866 SS-2228
SS-2042
SS3089581
• Sign indicates a hazard of being hit by the working de-
vice of the machine.
Keep away from machine during operation.
S-35
SS-1615
• Sign indicates a hazard of a flying plug from track ad- SS-1737
juster that could cause injury.
Read manual before adjusting track for safe and proper
handing.
SS-4459928
• Sign indicates a burn hazard from compressed air and SS-2040
spurting hot oil if the oil inlet is uncapped during or right

after operation.
Read manual for safe and proper handign.
SS4420336
• Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or
oil if radiator or hydraulic tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic tank to cool before removing
cap.
S-36
SS-2046
SS3092126
Sign indicates a hazard of falling.
Do not stand on this place.
SS-2047
SS3092125
Sign indicates a hazard of falling off the fender or hood.
Never stand close to the edge.
S-37
SS-1614
• Sign indicates a crush hazard by rotation of upper struc- SS-2041
ture of the machine.

Keep away from swinging area of machine.
Stay clear of
hot surface.
SS-1258 SS-2207
SS4420336
• Sign indicates a burn hazard from spurting hot water or
oil if radiator or hydraulic tank is uncapped while hot.
Allow radiator or hydraulic tank to cool before removing
cap. SS-2211
S-38
SS3092127
• Sigh indicates a hazard of rotating parts, such as belt. SS-2209
Turn off before inspection and maintenance.
SS4459714
• Sign indicates an electrical hazard from handling the ca-
ble.
Read manual for safe and proper handling.
SS-2210
SS4460067 SS-2229
• Sign indicates an explosion hazard.

Keep fire and open flames away from this area.
S-39
SS4460056
• Skin contact with electrolyte will cause burns. Splashed
electrolyte into eyes will cause blindness. Take care not SS-2229
to touch electrolyte.
S-40
COMPONENTS NAME
COMPONENTS NAME
1- Bucket
4
2- Bucket Cylinder
3
3- Arm
5
4- Arm Cylinder 2
5- Boom Cylinder 6
6- Boom
7
7- Fuel Tank 8
8- Hydraulic Oil Tank 9

1
9- Engine
10- Counterweight
11- Travel Device 1
12- Track
1
13- Front Idler
10
14- Cab
1
1
M178-01-044
1-1
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB FEATURES
1 2 3 4 5 6
1- Left Control Lever/Horn Switch
(On Top of Lever)
2- Left Travel Pedal
3- Left Travel Lever 7
4- Right Travel Lever
5- Right Travel Pedal
6- Right Control Lever/Power Boost Switch
(On Top of Lever)
8
7- Monitor Panel
8- Switch Panel
9- Key Switch
10- Air Conditioner Panel --- If Equipped 9
1
11- Operator'’s Seat
12- Cab Door Release Lever 1
13- Radio 1
14- Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever
15- Glove Compartment
1
16- Fuse Box 1
M178-01-046
17- Cigar Lighter

18- Rear Switch Panel
19- Hot & Cool Box 1
1
20- Engine Stop Knob
1
M178-07-037
2 M178-01-054
1-2
OPERATOR'S STATION
MONITOR PANEL
1 2
1- Coolant Temperature Gauge
2- Fuel Gauge
3- Display Selection Switch
4- Set Switch 1
5- Work Mode Switch 1

6- Fuel Level Indicator
1
7- Air Filter Restriction Indicator
8- Alternator Indicator 1
3
9- Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 1
---If Equipped
10- Coolant Level Indicator 4
11- Engine Oil Level Indicator

5
12- Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
13- Preheat Indicator 6
1
14- Overheat Indicator 7
1
8
15- Digging Mode Indicator 1
16- Attachment Mode Indicator 1
17- Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) (Hour Meter, etc.) 9
18- Auto-Idle Indicator 1
19- Auto-Acceleration Indicator

M178-01-142
1-3
OPERATOR'S STATION
COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Engine coolant temperature is indicated. Coolant tem-

perature is normal when the needle stays in the middle
zone while operating.
M178-01-104
FUEL GAUGE
Fuel machine before needle reaches “E”.
M178-01-105
AUTO-IDLE INDICATOR
Green indicator will light when the auto-idle/acceleration

selector is turned to the A/I position.
M178-01-092
AUTO-ACCELERATION INDICATOR
Green indicator will light when the auto-idle/acceleration

selector is turned to the A/A position.
M178-01-093
1-4
OPERATOR'S STATION
FUEL LEVEL INDICATOR
When red fuel indicator lights, approximately 40 liters (10

US gal) of fuel remain.
M178-01-034
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR
Red indicator will light when the air filter elements are
clogged. Clean or replace outer element.
M178-01-035
OVERHEAT INDICATOR
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Do not

stop engine while this red indicator is
ON. Instead, reduce load and run engine
at slow idle. If overheat indicator con-
tinues to stay ON, shut engine off.
Red indicator will light and buzzer will sound when the en-
M178-01-036
gine coolant overheats. Reduce the load immediately and
run engine at slow idle. Inspect for debris around radiator.
Also, check for low coolant level in the reserve tank.
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.

If engine oil pressure indicator comes
on while operating, stop the engine im-
mediately.
Red indicator will light and buzzer will sound when engine
oil pressure is low. Stop the engine immediately. Check the M178-01-037
engine/hydraulic systems and oil levels for any abnormality.
NOTE: Cold oil, low oil level, or operating on a steep

slope may cause indicator to light.
ALTERNATOR INDICATOR
Red indicator will light with low alternator output. Check

electrical system.
M178-01-038
1-5
OPERATOR'S STATION
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATOR
Orange indicator will light when engine oil level is

inadequate for operation. Check engine oil level.
M178-01-039
COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR
Orange indicator will light when coolant level is inadequate

for operation. Check coolant level.
M178-01-040
PREHEAT INDICATOR
Orange indicator will light when the key switch is turned to

ON position in cold weather. Light will turn off after a few
seconds, indicating that the preheat is completed.
M178-01-041
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER RESTRICTION

INDICATOR --- IF EQUIPPED
Red indicator will light when the hydraulic oil filter element
is clogged. Clean or replace the filter element.
M1CC-01-039
1-6
OPERATOR'S STATION
LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY (LCD)
LCD (17) displays three kinds of information such as Hour

Meter, Trip Meter 1, and Trip Meter 2 in the standard mode.
When the user’s mode is selected, LCD (17) displays two
more kinds of information such as Engine Speed, and Hy-
draulic Oil Temperature.
NOTE: When the machine is shipped from the factory, 3

1
the LCD is set to display information in the
standard mode only. Contact the your nearest
Hitachi Dealer if required to display information 4
in the user’s mode.
DISPLAY SELECTION SWITCH
Each time display selection switch (3) is pressed, the LCD

displays information on Hour Meter, Trip Meter 1, or Trip
Meter 2 in that order. When the LCD is set up in the user’s
mode, the LCD will cycle through Engine Speed and Hy-
draulic Oil Temperature information in that order after dis-
playing Trip Meter 2 information.
M178-01-142
HOUR METER
LCD (17) displays the total accumulated machine opera-

tion hours. The right hand number (one digit beyond deci-
mal point) indicates tenths of an hour (six minutes). During
the hour meter display, the hour meter mark lights. While
the machine is operating, the decimal point flashes.
• Hour Meter Reading Check Function with Key Switch M178-01-006

OFF When Hour Meter is Displayed:
The hour meter reading can be checked without turning
the key switch ON by depressing and holding the display
selection switch for more than 0.5 seconds. The hour
meter reading can be displayed as long as display selec-
tion switch (3) is held and disappears as soon as the
switch is released.
1-7
OPERATOR'S STATION
TRIP METER 1 AND TRIP METER 2
The machine operation hours can be set in the trip meter

as desired. Display Trip Meter 1 or 2 by operating display
selection switch (3). Set the desired machine operation
hours using the SET switch so that the trip meter counts
the remaining hours from the set-hours. When the remain-
ing hours become zero, either “TRIP 1” or “TRIP 2” flashes 1 3
for 30 seconds, indicating that the time has expired. One
digit beyond the decimal point indicates tenth of an hour
(six minutes). “TRIP 1” or “TRIP 2” stays ON while indicat- 4
ing.
NOTE: If the time indicated on the trip meter is less

than an hour when the key switch is turned ON,
the TRIP mark will flash for 30 seconds. If the
TRIP mark flashes, reset the time as desired
using SET switch (4). After resetting is com-
plete, the TRIP mark stops flashing. Setting
hours can be made in Trip Meter 1 and Trip
Meter 2 individually.
USER’S MODE M178-01-142
In the user’s mode, LCD (17) indicates two kinds of infor-

mation on Engine Speed and Hydraulic Oil Temperature.
Each time Display Selection switch (3) is pressed, the LCD
will cycle through Engine Speed and Hydraulic Oil Tem-
perature information in order after displaying Trip Meter 2
information. Then, “USER” stays on while indicating.
M178-01-007
When Trip Meter 1 is displayed:
NOTE: When the machine is shipped from the factory,
the LCD is set to display information in the
standard mode only. Contact the your nearest
Hitachi Dealer if required to display information
in the user’s mode.
• Engine Speed
The engine speed is displayed while indicating “min−1”
(21) at the bottom corner of the display. M178-01-008
• Hydraulic Oil Temperature When Trip Meter 2 is displayed:

The hydraulic oil temperature is displayed while indicat-
ing “°C” (22) at the bottom corner of the display.
M178-01-009
2 2
When User Mode is displayed:
1-8
OPERATOR'S STATION
SET SWITCH
The set-hours in the Trip Meter 1 and Trip Meter 2 can be

changed by pressing SET switch (4).
• Setting
1. Press display selection switch (3) to display either
Trip Meter 1 or 2 on the LCD. 3
2. Each time SET switch (4) is pressed, the set-hour

can be changed in the following order. 4
50>100>150>200>250>300>400>500>750>1000>
1250>1500>2000>2500>3000>3500>4000>4500>
5000>50>
When the SET switch is pressed for more than 2 sec-
onds, the set-hour can be changed quickly.
3. End to press SET switch (4) when the hour desired to
set is indicated. Press display selection switch (3) to
set the Trip Meter.
• Resetting
As shown below, the set-hour can be changed:
1. Press display selection switch (3) to display either
Trip Meter 1 or 2 on the LCD.
2. When SET switch (4) is pressed once, the currently
indicated hours can be reset as shown in the follow- M178-01-142
ing table.
Currently Indicated Set-Hour after
Hour Resetting
35.2 → 50.0
184.2 → 200.0
3. Each time the SET switch is pressed further, the

set-hour is changed as shown below.
50>100>150>200>250>300>400>500>750>1000>
1250>1500>2000>2500>3000>3500>4000>4500>
5000>50>
When the SET switch is pressed for more than 2 sec-
onds, the set-hour can be changed quickly.
4. End to press SET switch (4) when the hour desired to
set is indicated. Press display selection switch (3) to
set the Trip Meter.
1-9
OPERATOR'S STATION
WORK MODE SWITCH
Work mode either “Digging Mode” or “Attachment Mode”

can be selected by pressing work mode switch (5).
• Digging Mode
Select when the machine is engaged in normal digging
works. Digging mode indicator (15) is ON while the dig-
ging mode is selected.
• Attachment Mode 1
Select this mode when the machine is equipped with an
optional attachment. Attachment mode indicator (16) is 1
ON while the attachment mode is selected.
5
M178-01-142
1-10
OPERATOR'S STATION
SWITCH PANEL
1
1- Engine Control Dial
2- Auto-Idle/Acceleration Selector
3- Power Mode Switch
4- Travel Mode Switch
5- Work Light Switch 2
6- Wiper/Washer Switch
3
M178-01-091
ENGINE CONTROL DIAL
Use engine control dial (1) to adjust engine speed.

Turn it clockwise to increase engine speed or counter-
Fast Idle
clockwise to decrease engine speed.
• The fully clockwise position : Fast idle 1

• The fully counterclockwise position : Slow idle Slow Idle
M178-01-011
1-11
OPERATOR'S STATION
AUTO-IDLE/ACCELERATION SELECTOR
The auto-idle/acceleration selector sets the engine speed

control mode to either Auto-Idle or Auto-Acceleration.
• Auto-Idle Mode
When the auto-idle/acceleration selector is turned to the
A/I position, the engine speed is reduced to slow idle
speed 4 seconds after releaving all control levers (neu- Standard Type M178-01-094
tral), reducing the fuel consumption. When the auto-idle

mode is selected, auto-idle indicator (1) on the monitor
panel lights.
• Auto-Acceleration Mode
When the auto-idle/acceleration selector is turned to the 2
A/A position, the engine speed is controlled in response
to the control lever stroke. In addition, the engine speed
is reduced to slow idle speed 4 seconds after releasing 1
all control levers (neutral). Thereby, fuel consumption is
reduced more than in the auto-idle mode. When the
auto-acceleration mode is selected, auto-acceleration
indicator (2) on the monitor panel lights.
M178-01-142
1-12
OPERATOR'S STATION
POWER MODE SWITCH
Three engine speed modes, E, P, and H/P modes, are se-

lected by operating the power mode switch.
• E (Economy) Mode
Although production is slightly reduced more than in the
P mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are re-
duced, allowing the machine to operate efficiently. M178-01-095
• P Mode
Use the P mode when general digging work is needed.
• H/P (High Power) Mode

Use the H/P mode when extra horsepower is needed, i.e.
when rolling in the arm in excavation work, etc.
TRAVEL MODE SWITCH
Two travel modes, FAST and SLOW, are selected by turn-

ing the travel mode switch to either position.
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)

Mark (Slow Speed Mode)
M178-01-096
1-13
OPERATOR'S STATION
WORK LIGHT SWITCH
Work light switch has the following positions:
• 1 Position
Work light (1) on the base machine will light. Also, the
instrument panel illumination will light.
• 2 Position
M178-01-097
Work light (2) will light in addition.
• OFF Position
Work lights (1) and (2) and the instrument panel
illumination will turn off. 2
M157-01-146
1-14
OPERATOR'S STATION
WIPER/WASHER SWITCH Fast
The wiper and the window washer are operated using the
wiper/washer switch.
Mid
• Wiper
Slow
Turn the wiper/washer switch to the specified position to
operate the wiper.
OFF Position: The wiper stops and is retracted.

INT Position: The wiper operates intermittently at the
M178-01-098
interval selected by the switch position as
described below. Wiper
INT (Fast): The wiper operates at 3-second interval.
INT (Mid): The wiper operates at 6-second interval.
INT (Slow): The wiper operates at 8-second interval.
ON Position: The wiper operates continuously.
NOTE: (1) When the front window (upper) is opened,

the wiper and washer will not operate.
Even if the front window (upper) is closed,
the wiper and washer will not operate until
the lock pin on the right side is placed in
the lock position. If the front window is
opened while during operating the wiper,
the wiper will be retracted and the washer
function is deactivated.
(2) In case either the wiper or washer is oper-
ated with the front window (upper) opened,
or if front window (upper) is opened while
operating either the wiper or washer, the
front window opening alarm buzzer will
sound intermittently at one-second inter-
vals. Close the front window (upper).
M178-01-047
• Washer
Press and hold the wiper/washer switch to squirt washer
fluid onto the front window. When the wiper/washer
switch is pressed for more than 2 seconds, the wiper
operates until the switch is released. When the
wiper/washer switch is released, the wiper automatically
retracts. While operating the wiper in the INT mode,
when the wiper/washer switch is pressed, the wiper op-
eration mode is changed to the continuous operation
mode.
IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if

wiper/washer switch is held for more
than 20 seconds, or continually operated
with no fluid in the washer tank.
1-15
OPERATOR'S STATION
SWITCH PANEL (Optional)
NOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending

on the kinds of optional devices are equipped.
Before using the switches on the switch panel,
make sure what kind of optional devices are
equipped. All available optional devices are
shown below.
• Travel Alarm Deactivation
• Swing Alarm Deactivation
• Rear Light
M1HH-01-001
Optional Switch
1-16
OPERATOR'S STATION
Travel Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional)
The travel alarm buzzer sounds during travel operation.
When the travel alarm deactivation switch is set to the
“ ” position, the travel alarm buzzer function is de-
activated.
Swing Alarm Deactivation Switch (Optional)

The swing alarm system sounds the buzzer and turns
the beacon light ON during swing operation. When the
swing alarm deactivation switch is set to the OFF posi-
tion, the swing alarm buzzer function is deactivated.
1-17
OPERATOR'S STATION
KEY SWITCH 2 3
1- OFF (Engine Off) 1 4
2- ACC (Horn, Radio etc.)

3- ON (Engine On)
4- START (Engine Start)
M178-01-049
POWER BOOST SWITCH
Power boost switch (5) is used to gain maximum digging

power, and is located at the top of the right control lever.
HORN SWITCH
M178-05-002
Horn switch (6) is provided on the top of the left control

lever. The horn continuously sounds as long as the switch
is pressed.
M178-01-051
1-18
OPERATOR'S STATION
LIGHTER
Operation
1
IMPORTANT: In case lighter (2) doesn’t pop out auto-
matically 30 seconds after pushing
lighter (2) in, pull out lighter (2) manually.
Then, consult the your nearest Hitachi
dealer.
1. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position.

2. Press and release lighter (2) knob.
3. Lighter (2) knob will return to the original position M178-01-049
when lighter (2) becomes usable. Pull the lighter out

to use.
4. After using lighter (2), insert lighter (2) into the panel
until the knob is seated in the original position.
Using Lighter (2) Port as External Power Source

Use lighter (2) port to supply power to lighting equipment
for servicing the machine.
IMPORTANT: Only 24 V electric power is available

from the lighter port on this machine.
Never connect accessories that use
power other than 24 V. Damage to the
batteries and accessories may result.
Don’t supply power to accessories for a 2 M178-01-057
long time without running the engine.

Failure to do so may discharge the bat-
teries.
1. Pull lighter (2) knob out.

2. Correctly insert the accessory socket into lighter (2)
port.
3. Turn key switch (1) to the ACC or ON position. Power
is supplied to the connected accessory.
4. After using the accessory, disconnect the accessory
socket and insert lighter (2) into the port.
1-19
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB LIGHT
1
Turn the cab light ON or OFF by using switch (1).
M157-01-147
INSTALLING FIRE EXTINGUISHER
A fire extinguisher can be installed at the right rear corner

inside the cab. Consult your nearest HITACHI dealer to in-
stall a fire extinguisher.
M178-01-058
Fire Extinguisher
1-20
OPERATOR'S STATION
PILOT CONTROL SHUT-OFF LEVER
Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent the ma-

chine from being mistakenly operated when the operator is 1
getting on or off the machine.
CAUTION:
1. Pilot control will not be shut-off unless pilot
control shut-off lever (1) is completely
pulled-up to the LOCK position.
2. Before leaving the operator's seat, always
stop the engine and pull the pilot control
shut-off lever up to the LOCK position.
3. Also, pull the pilot control shut-off lever up to LOCK Position M178-01-052
the LOCK position when transporting the

machine or when the day's work is complete.
1
4. Confirm that the pilot control shut-off lever is
in the LOCK position before starting the en-
gine.
ENGINE STOP KNOB

UNLOCK Position M178-01-053
If the engine does not stop when the key switch is turned to
the OFF position, (due to a machine or key switch malfunc-
tion), pull engine stop knob (2) all the way to the stop. The
engine will stop.
2
NOTE: If the knob is pulled halfway, the engine may
not start or may stall during operation. Be sure
to push the knob to the fully retracted position
before restarting the engine.
M178-01-054
1-21
OPERATOR'S STATION
FUSE BOX
10- OPTION 3 20- LUB

5A 10A
9- OPTION 2 19- GLOW. R
10A 5A
8- OPTION 1 18- AUXILIARY
5A 10A
7- AIRCON 17- ROOM LAMP
5A 5A
6- POW. ON 16- LIGHTER
5A 10A
5- SWBOX 15- RADIO
5A 5A
4- SOLENOID 14- HORN M178-07-036
10A 10A
3- EC. MOTOR 13- HEATER 1 2
10A 20A
9 1
2- CONTROLLER 12- WIPER
5A 10A 8 1
1- BACKUP 11- LAMP 7 1
5A 20A
6 1
5 1
4 1
3 1
2 1
1 1
M1HH-07-013
1-22
OPERATOR'S STATION
AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
Features:
• Full-Automatic Control
Regardless of variations in atmospheric temperature
and whether sun light is intense or not, the air tempera-
ture at the vent, blower speed, and air in/out vent loca-
tions are automatically controlled so that air temperature
in the cab is maintained at the temperature set by the
temperature control switch.
• Highest and Lowest Temperature Control

Highest or lowest air temperature in the cab is set by
turning either the FH (Full-Heat) or FC (Full-Cool) indi-
cator ON using the temperature control switch.
• Heater Start-Operation Control System

In winter or in cold weather, when starting the engine,
the engine coolant is cool and air temperature inside the
cab is low. Then, cool air is restricted not to flow in the
cab to the minimum (LO) until the coolant is warmed
when the front foot vent and /or foot vent is selected.
1-23
OPERATOR'S STATION
Part Name 1
1- Front Vent
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4- Rear Vent
5- Control Panel
6- Blower Switch
7- Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
8- Air Conditioner Switch
9- AUTO Switch 2
3 M178-01-052
10- OFF Switch 4
11- Temperature Control Switch

12- Circulation Mode Switch
13- Fresh Air Mode Switch
14- MODE Switch
NOTE: Except for the foot vent, all vents are provided
with louvers to adjust the air flow direction. In
addition, the louvers on the front vent and de-
froster vent can be completely opened and
closed by hand.
M178-07-037
5 6 7 8 9
1 1 1 1 1
M178-01-073
1-24
OPERATOR'S STATION
Control Panel Designation and Function 7 9
• Mode Switch (14):

Selects the air vent. The selected air vent is indicated
on LCD (7).
Air flows out of front vent and the defroster

vents. 1 M178-01-074
Air flows out of the front and rear vents and

the defroster vents. Display when AUTO switch (9) is pressed:
Air flows out of the front and foot vents and
the defroster vents.
Air flows out of the foot vents.
Each time mode switch (14) is pressed, the vent location
can be changed in four stages as illustrated below.
AUTO→ → → →
• When AUTO switch (9) is selected the AUTO, the air

7 1
vent location is automatically selected.
• Temperature Control Switch (11):
Sets temperature in the cab from 18.0 to 32.0°C (65 to
90°F) by 0.5°C (0.9°F) step. The set-temperature is dis-
played on LCD (7).
• FC (Full-Cool)
Push the button after setting air temperature to M178-01-075
18°C (65°F). Air flow temperature is set to the lowest Display when the button is pressed
and the “FC” symbol is displayed on LCD (7). after displaying 25.0°C (77°F).
• FH (Full-Heat)
Push the button after setting air temperature to
32°C (90°F). Air flow temperature is set to the highest
and the “FH” symbol is displayed on LCD (7).
• When the AUTO indicator is ON, air temperature at
the vents is automatically set together with the blower
speed and vent locations.
AUTO Indicator
• When the AUTO indicator is OFF, only air temperature 7
at the vents is automatically set.
• When the “FC” symbol is displayed on LCD (7), air
temperature at the vent, air vent (front and rear vents)
locations, recirculation air suction port, and blower
speed are maintained at the lowest cooling conditions.
However, in case the circulation indicator is ON before
the “FC” symbol is displayed, circulation operation is M178-01-076
maintained. 1
Display when the LCD displays FC symbol.
1-25
OPERATOR'S STATION
• When the “FH” symbol is displayed on LCD (7), air
flow-in temperature at the vent, air vent (front and rear 7
vents) locations, fresh air suction port, and blower
speed are maintained at the highest heating condi-
tions. However, in case the circulation indicator is ON
before the “FH” symbol is displayed, circulation opera-
tion is maintained.
• Blower Switch (6) M178-01-077

Display when the LCD displays FH symbol.
• When the AUTO indicator is ON, the blower speed is
automatically controlled.
• When the AUTO indicator is OFF, the blower speed is 6 AUTO Indicator
controlled in 4 steps. When the button is
pressed with the blower OFF, the blower starts run-
ning in the HI mode. Then, each time the button
is pressed, the blower speed is reduced by one step.
The LCD indicates the blower fan speed. When the
button is pressed with the blower OFF, the
M178-01-075
blower starts running in the LO mode. Then, each
time the button is pressed, the blower speed is
increased by one step. The LCD indicates the corre-
sponding blower fan speed.
• Circulation Mode Switch (12):

• Fresh Air Mode Switch (13):
Changes the air circulation mode and automatically selects

the air vent. When fresh air mode switch (13) is pressed,
the indicator comes ON and the fresh air circulation mode
is selected, allowing fresh air to flow in. When fresh air
mode switch (13) is pressed again, the indicator goes OFF 1
M178-01-078
1
and the fresh air suction port is closed. When circulation
mode switch (12) is pressed, the indicator comes ON and
the circulation mode is selected. When circulation mode Display when fresh air vent switch (13) is pressed.
switch (12) is pressed again, the indicator goes OFF and
the fresh air suction port is opened.
NOTE: Operating the above switches controls the fresh

air suction port manually or automatically.
Therefore, even if the AUTO switch is turned
ON, the fresh air suction port status will not be
changed.
1-26
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Air Conditioner (A/C) Switch (8)
A/C Indicator
Press A/C switch (8) to turn the cooler and the A/C indi- 8
cator ON. However, unless the blower is running (the fan
display of blower switch (6) is lit), the cooler will not be
turned ON.
• OFF Switch (10)

Press OFF switch (10) to turn the blower and the air
conditioner OFF.
6 1
M178-01-075
• AUTO Switch (9) Display when Air Conditioner Switch (8) is pressed:
Press AUTO switch (9) to turn the AUTO and the A/C 9
indicators ON so that the air flow-in temperature at the
vent, blower speed, vent locations, and fresh air suction
port are automatically controlled.
M178-01-075
Display when AUTO Switch (9) is pressed:
CAB HEATER OPERATION
1. Operate the AUTO switch.

According to signals sent from various sensors, the 7 8 9
air conditioner amplifier automatically selects the air
flow-in vents, air suction ports, and air flow-in tem-
perature at the vent, and controls the blower speed.
2. Operate Temperature Control Switch (11).
Set temperature control switch (11) so that 25.0 is
indicated on LCD (7). Control air temperature inside
cab using this switch as necessary. M178-01-079
6 1 1 1 1
3. As Necessary:
• Operate MODE switch (14) to manually select the air
vent.
• Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the
blower speed.
• Operate fresh air mode switch (13) to maintain the air
vent in the fresh air circulation mode.
• Operate circulation mode switch (12) to maintain the
air suction port in the circulation mode.
When the A/C indicator is ON, the air conditioner functions

dehumidifier. Press A/C switch (8) to turn OFF the dehu-
midifier function.
1-27
OPERATOR'S STATION
COOLING OPERATION
7 8 9
1. Press AUTO Switch (9)
The AUTO and the A/C indicators come ON. Then,
the air temperature at the vent, blower speed, vent
locations, and air suction ports are automatically con-
trolled by the air conditioner amplifier according to
signals sent from various sensors.
2. Operate Temperature Control Switch (11). M178-01-075
1 1 1 1 1
Set temperature control switch (11) so that 25.0 is
indicated on LCD (7). Control air temperature inside
the cab using this switch as necessary.
3. As Necessary:
• Operate MODE switch (14) to manually select the air
vent.
• Operate blower switch (6) to manually control the
blower speed.
• Operate fresh air mode switch (13) to maintain the air
vent in the fresh air circulation mode.
• Operate circulation mode switch (12) to maintain the
air suction port in the circulation mode.
In case the front window (lower) becomes clouded, manu- 3 M178-01-052
ally close the defroster vent (3).
DEFROSTER OPERATION 7 8 9
1. Press AUTO Switch (9). Temperature-controlled air
blows out. During cold weather season when starting
the engine, the engine coolant temperature and air
temperature in the cab are low. Then, cool air is re-
stricted not to flow in the cab to the minimum (LO) by
the Heater Start-Operation Control System.
M178-01-074
2. Set temperature control switch (11) so that 25.0 is 1 1 1
indicated on LCD (7). Set fresh air vent switch (13) in
the fresh air circulation mode. 1
3. Select the front vents or the front and rear
vents using MODE switch (14).
Control air flow direction by adjusting the louvers at the

front vent (1) and the defroster vent (3).
Control air temperature in the cab by operating tempera-

ture control switch (11). If the windowpanes become
clouded in rainy season or when dehumidifying, turn the
indicator of A/C switch (8) ON.
3 M178-01-052
1-28
OPERATOR'S STATION
Cool Head / Warm Feet Operation
6
Cool and warm air is simultaneously supplied to the 8
head vents and feet vents respectively.
1. Press blower switch (6) to adjust the blower speed.

2. Press MODE switch (14) to display the front and rear
vent mark on the liquid crystal panel. Then,
M178-01-080
turn A/C switch (8) ON (indicator lights). 1 1
Control air temperature inside the cab by operating tem-

perature control switch (11).
1-29
OPERATOR'S STATION
TIPS FOR OPTIMAL AIR CONDITIONER US-
AGE
7 9
For Rapid Cooling
Temperature in the cab may rise over 80°C (176°F)
when the machine is exposed to sun light in the sum-
mer.
In this case, ventilate air in the cab first by opening the
windows for rapid cooling. After starting the engine,
M178-01-081
press AUTO switch (9). Set temperature to 18.0 on 1
8 1
LCD (7) using temperature control switch (11). Turn cir-
culation mode switch (12) ON.
When Windows Become Clouded

If the insides of the windows become clouded during
rainy weather or on humid days, operate the air condi-
tioner to aid in keeping the windows clear. When the
atmosphere is very damp, and if the air conditioner has
run excessively, the outside of the windows may become
clouded. If this happens, turn off the air conditioner to
adjust the temperature in the cab.
Off-Season Air Conditioner Maintenance

To protect each part of the compressor from a lack of
lubricant, operate the air conditioner at least once a
month for several minutes with the engine running at a
slow speed during off-season. When the cab tempera-
ture is lower than 15°C (59°F), the air conditioner may
not operate. If this happens, warm the cab using the Air Conditioner Sensor
heater first.
IMPORTANT: 1. Do not suddenly increase the engine

speed.
2. Keep any flames away from the con-
trol panel.
3. Refer to the item “Check Air Condi-
tioner Filter” in the Maintenance Sec-
tion for maintenance of the air condi-
tioner filters.
4. Always clean the auto air conditioner
sensor for effective air conditioner
performance. Avoid placing any ob-
structions around the sensor.
M178-01-082
1-30
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB HEATER OPERATION 1
Part Name and Location

1- Front Vent
2- Foot Vent
3- Defroster Vent
4- Rear Vent
5- Control Panel
6- Mode Switch
7- Fresh Air Vent Switch
8- Temperature Control Switch 3 2 M178-01-052
4
9- Blower Switch
10- OFF Switch
NOTE: Air flow direction can be changed by controlling

the louvers at all air vents except for the foot
vents. The louvers at the front and defroster
vents can be manually opened or closed.
Control Panel Designation and Function

• Mode Switch (6):
Selects the air vent.
M178-07-037
Air flows out of the front vents and the
defroster vents.
5 6 7
Air flows out of the front and rear vents
and the defroster vents.
Air flows out of the foot vents.
Temperature Control Switch (8)

One of 8 indicators is lit. The air flow temperature at the
vent is lower or higher as the indicator closer to the left or
M178-01-072
right end is lit respectively. Both warmed and cooled air 1 9 8
flow out of the same air vent.
1-31
OPERATOR'S STATION
• Blower Switch (9)

The blower speed is controlled from Lo to Hi in 4
steps. When the button is pressed first, the
blower starts running in the HI mode. Then, each time
the button is pressed, the blower speed is re-
duced by one step. The blower speed indicator corre-
sponding to the blower speed is lit. When the
button is pressed first, the blower starts running in the
LO mode. Then, each time the button is M178-01-072
1 9
pressed, the blower speed is increased by one step.
Press blower OFF switch (10) to stop the blower op-
eration.
7
• Fresh Air Mode Switch (7):

Changes the air circulation mode. When fresh air vent
switch (7) is pressed, the indicator comes ON and the
fresh air circulation mode is selected, allowing fresh
air to flow in. When fresh air mode switch (7) is
pressed again, the indicator goes OFF and the circu-
lation mode is selected.
M178-01-072
1-32
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB HEATER OPERATION
6
When any mode switches (6) are pressed ( , ,
), warm air will flow out from the corresponding vent.
However, the foot vent mode is commonly used for
cab heating.
Press foot mode switch (6). Set temperature control

switch (8) to the right end position.
M178-01-072
Press blower switch (9) to blow warm air out of the foot 9 8
vents. Adjust the air temperature in the cab by operating
temperature control switch (8) and blower switch (9). When
required to quickly increase air temperature in the cab, se-
lect the air recirculation mode. However, if air recirculation
mode is used for a long time, the windowpanes will be-
come clouded due to a difference in temperature between
outside and inside the cab. Occasionally ventilate the cab.
(When the fresh air circulation mode is selected, the win-
dowpanes will be prevented from becoming clouded.)
M178-01-052
1-33
OPERATOR'S STATION
DEFROSTER OPERATION
6 7
Press mode switch (6) (either the front or front/rear
vent mode switch). Set temperature control switch (8)
to the heat operation position. Press fresh air mode switch
(7).
Press blower switch (9). Warm air will blow out from the
front or front/ rear vents.
M178-01-072
Adjust air flow direction from front vent (1) and defroster 9 8
vent (3) by controlling the louver direction.
1
Use temperature control switch (8) and blower switch (9) to
adjust air temperature in the cab.
3 M178-01-052
1-34
OPERATOR'S STATION
AM/FM RADIO OPERATION 7 6 5 2
Controls on the radio

1- Power Switch/Volume Control Knob
2- Tone Adjustment Ring
3- AM/FM Switch
4- Station Presets
5- Tuning Switches 8 9 4 3 1
6- Display Mode Change Switch M157-01-027
7- Digital Display
8- Time Set Switches
9- Set Switch
Tuning Procedure
• Manual Tuning Procedure
Repeatedly tap one of tuning switches (5) until the de-
sired station is reached.
Each time the tuning switch is pressed, the frequency
changes at an interval.
Tap the tuning switch ( ) to increase the fre-
quency.
Tap the tuning switch ( ) to decrease the fre-
quency.
Digital display (7) will return to the setting (the clock or

the frequency, whichever one is set by the display
mode change switch) approximately 5 seconds after
tuning switches (5) are no longer tapped or pressed.
• Automatic Search Function

Press and hold one tuning switch (5) for more than
half a second until an electronic tone is heard, then
release. The frequency display will move up to the
next higher frequency station.
To go up to the next higher frequency station, press
and hold the tuning switch ( ).
To go down to the next lower frequency station,
press and hold the tuning switch ( ).
After displaying the next frequency station, digital dis-

play (7) will return to the setting (the clock or the fre-
quency, whichever one is set by the display mode
change switch) in approximately 5 seconds.
In order to deactivate the automatic search function
while it is operating (while searching the next available
frequency station), simply tap tuning switch (5) again.
If the receiving radio waves are weak, i. e. such as
when the machine is located between high rising
buildings, etc., use the manual tuning procedure to
select the desired station.
1-35
OPERATOR'S STATION
Station Presetting Procedure 7 5
1. Select the desired station using tuning switches (5).
(Refer to the “Tuning Procedure” section.)
2. Press and hold one station preset (4) for more than 2
seconds until an electronic tone is heard. Now, the
selected station is preset for the selected station
preset. The frequency of the preset station will be in-
dicated on digital display (7).
Once the presetting is complete for a station preset (4), 4

the radio will be tuned to the preset station when station M157-01-027
preset (4) is pressed (for less than 2 seconds).
DIGITAL CLOCK SETTING PROCEDURE

7 6
NOTE: In order to set the clock, digital display (7) must
be in the time display mode.
1. Press and hold display mode change switch (6).

While holding display mode change switch (6), use
time set switches (8) and/or set switch (9) to set the
clock.
The functions of time set switches (8) and set switch
(9) are as follows: 8 9
• Time Set Switch (H): Each time set switch (H) is M157-01-027
pressed, the hour display will increase by one.
• Time Set Switch (M): Each time set switch (M) is
pressed, the minute display will increase by one.
(The time is displayed in 12 hour standard.)
If either of the switches (H) or (M) is pressed and

held, the hour or minute display will change continu-
ously until the switch is released.
• Set Switch (SET) (9): If set switch (SET) (9) is
pressed, the minute display will be reset to “00.”
• If the minute display is “29” or smaller when set
switch (SET) (9) is pressed, the display will be reset
to “00” without changing the hour display.
• If the minute display is “30” or larger when set
switch (SET) (9) is pressed, the hour display will be
increased by one and the minute display will be re-
set to “00.”
For example, if set switch (SET) (9) is pressed when

the clock display is “10:29” and “10:30”, the clock dis-
play will change to “10:00” and “11:00” respectively.
1-36
OPERATOR'S STATION
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
1-37
OPERATOR'S STATION
CAB DOOR RELEASE LEVER
CAUTION: Open the cab door all the way until it

securely locks in the latch on the side of the cab.
To unlock the door from this position, push down on lever

(1).
OPENING UPPER FRONT WINDOW

M178-01-084
1. Press lock release lever (3) at the upper center to re-
lease the upper front window lock.
NOTE: Use caution when releasing the lock. The upper

section of the upper front window will move ap-
prox. 10 cm inward.
2. Holding the upper and lower handles (one each) on

the upper front window, pull the upper front window
2 3
up and back until it securely catches into auto lock
(2).
M178-01-059
CAUTION: Always secure lock pin (4) in the lock

position after the upper front window is opened.
3. After confirming that the window securely catches

into auto lock (2), slide lock pin (4) into the left
bracket boss hole to lock the window in position.
NOTE: When the upper front window is opened, the

wiper and washer are inoperable.
M178-01-083
3 2 4
M178-01-060
1-38
OPERATOR'S STATION
CLOSING UPPER FRONT WINDOW
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while closing

window.
Upper front window comes down very forcefully.
Close window only when sitting in the operator's
seat. Guide window down slowly.
1. Pull out lock pin (4) to unlock window. 3 2 4
2. Slightly move the window forward while pushing lock

release levers (3) to release auto lock (2). M178-01-060
3. Pull window down slowly until it securely catches into

auto lock (2).
NOTE: The wiper and washer won’t operate until the

upper front window is completely closed.
M178-01-083
M178-01-059
1-39
OPERATOR'S STATION
REMOVING AND STORING LOWER FRONT
WINDOW
CAUTION: Take care not to pinch yours fingers

when handling the lower front window.
1. Open the upper front window beforehand when re-

moving the lower front window.
2. While pulling the lower front widow inward, raise it to
remove.
3. Install the removed windowpane in the rear-left stor-
ing position. Install rubbers (1 and 2) in order.
M178-01-085
M178-01-086
1-40
OPERATOR'S STATION
OPENING SIDE WINDOWS 1
CAUTION: Avoid serious crushing injury from

boom. Never place any part of body beyond win-
dow bar or frame. It could be crushed by the
boom if boom control lever is accidentally
bumped or otherwise engaged.
Do not remove window bars. If window or bars
are missing or broken, replace immediately.
Opening Right-Side Window Located on Rear Part of Cab

Unlatch lock (1). Then, push the joint part of the lock to
open the window.
Right-Side Window Located on Rear Part of Cab (Open)
To close the window, pull lock (1) by hand. Then, engage
the lock. M157-01-158
1
Opening Cab Door Window
Slide rear pane to the front.
Right-Side Window Located on Rear Part of Cab (Closed)

M157-01-157
M178-01-061
2 Cab Door Window
1-41
OPERATOR'S STATION
OPENING/CLOSING OVERHEAD WINDOW 1
Opening
1. Move lock levers (1) toward center of window.
2. Hold handle (2) and lift window until it rises upright.
With the window positioned upright, it will be secured
in position by dampers (3).
Closing
2
1. Hold handle (2) and pull window down until “click”
sound is heard from locks (1).
M178-01-059
Note that the overhead window can be used as an
emergency exit.
3
M178-01-062
1-42
OPERATOR'S STATION
EMERGENCY EXIT
If the operator’s cab door should not open in an emergency,

escape in the following methods:
1. Open the front windows. Escape through the win- 1

dows.
NOTE: See page 1-38 “OPENING UPPER FRONT

WINDOWS” for the opening method of the front
windows.
CAUTION: Be sure to wear safety glasses before

breaking the window glass.
M178-01-063
2. If the front window is difficult to open, break the front

window glass using the emergency evacuation tool
(1). Then, escape through the broken window.
3. If the front window is not available for escaping,
break the rear window glass using the emergency
evacuation tool. Then, escape through the broken
window.
NOTE: Emergency exit decals (2) are affixed to the

front and rear windows.
4. If neither of front and rear windows are available for

emergency exit, open the overhead window to es- 2
cape from the cab.
M178-01-059
M178-01-064
2
1-43
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING THE SEAT (ZAIXS330, 330LC)
Seat height and angle adjustment

Seat height adjustment range is 60 mm (2.4 in) with
steps every 15 mm (0.6 in) (5 positions in total). More-
over, the height of the front part and the rear part of the
seat are adjusted independently, thus allowing the angle
of the seat to be adjusted.
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while operating

lever (1). When pushing down lever (1), do not
Caution: Possibility of Push down with the
grab it. Fingers may be pinched between lever (1) pinched fingers palm.
and the seat stand. Be sure to push on the upper SS-747
face of lever (1).
4 3 1
Use lever (1) to adjust the seat height and/or seat angle
as follows:
• To adjust the front part of the seat
Push down lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and ap-
ply or remove body weight to obtain the desired height.
When the desired height is obtained, release lever (1).
• To adjust the rear part of the seat
Pull up lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or
remove body weight to obtain the desired height.
2
Console and seat fore-aft adjustment
Pull lever (2) to the right to adjust the seat and both right
and left consoles to the desired distance from the travel
pedals and levers. Release lever to lock seat and con- M178-01-054
soles into position.

7
NOTE: Seat and console fore-aft adjustment range is
120 mm (4.7 in) with steps every 20 mm (0.8
in).
5
Seat fore-aft adjustment
Pull lever (3) to the right to unlock the seat from both
consoles. With lever held to the right, slide the seat to 6
the desired distance from pilot control levers. Release
the lever.
NOTE: Seat fore-aft adjustment range is 160 mm (6.3

in) with steps every 16mm (0.8 in).
M157-01-040
Backrest adjustment
Push lever (4) forward to release backrest lock. Move
backrest to the desired position and release lever.
Armrest adjustment
Armrest (5) can be pulled upright by hand for easy get-
ting on and off the machine.
The angle of armrest (5) can be adjusted in the desired
position by turning adjusting dial (6) located on the bot-
tom of armrest (5).
1-44
OPERATOR'S STATION
Headrest Adjustment 7
Headrest height and angle can be adjusted.
Pull headrest (7) upward or push downward to the de-
sired position. (Height adjustment range: 50 mm (2.0 in))
Headrest (7) can be adjusted 60 degrees forward from
the upright position. Move headrest by hands to the de-
sired angle.
M157-01-040
1-45
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING THE SEAT --- IF EQUIPPED
(ZAXIS350H, 350LCH, 370MTH)
Seat Height and Angle Adjustment

Seat height adjustment range is 60 mm (2.4 in) with
steps every 15 mm (0.6 in) (5 positions in total). More-
over, the height of the front part and the rear part of the
seat are adjusted independently, thus allowing the angle
of the seat to be adjusted.
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury while operating Caution: Possibility Push down with SS-747
lever (1). When pushing down lever (1), do not of pinched fingers the palm.
grab it. Fingers may be pinched between lever (1)
and the seat stand. Be sure to push on the upper
face of lever (1).
Use lever (1) to adjust the seat height and/or seat angle
as follows:
• To adjust the front part of the seat:
Push down lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and ap-
ply or remove body weight to obtain the desired height.
1
• To adjust the rear part of the seat:
Pull up lever (1) while sitting on the seat, and apply or 5
remove body weight to obtain the desired height.
Console and Seat Fore-aft Adjustment

2
Pull lever (2) to the right to adjust the seat and both right
and left consoles to desired distance from the travel 4 3 M178-02-066
pedals and levers. Release lever to lock seat and con-

soles into position.
NOTE: Seat and console fore-aft adjustment range is
60 mm (2.4 in) with steps every 20 mm (0.8 in).
Seat Fore-Aft Adjustment
Pull lever (3) to the right to unlock the seat from both
consoles. With lever held to the right, slide the seat to
the desired distance from pilot control levers. Release
the lever.
NOTE: Seat fore-aft adjustment range is 160 mm (6.3
in) with steps every 16 mm (0.8 in).
Suspension Adjustment
Turn knob (4) clockwise to increase suspension stiff-
ness.
Turn knob counterclockwise to decrease suspension
stiffness.
Backrest Adjustment
Pull up lever (5) to release backrest lock. Move backrest
to the desired position and release the lever.
1-46
OPERATOR'S STATION
Armrest Adjustment 60 degrees
8
Armrest (6) can be pulled upright by hand to get on and
off the machine easily.
The angle of armrest (6) can be adjusted to the desired 6
position by turning adjusting dial (7) located on the bot-
tom of armrest (6).
Headrest
Headrest height and angle can be adjusted. 7
Pull headrest (8) upward or push downward to the de-
sired position. (Height adjustment range: 50 mm (2.0 in))
Headrest (8) can be adjusted 60 degrees forward from
the upright position. Move headrest by hands to the de-
sired angle. M157-01-040
1-47
OPERATOR'S STATION
ADJUSTING CONSOLE HEIGHT 1
Adjust the console height to the operator’s comfort and/or

work conditions. Adjusting console height can be achieved
using four positions provided vertically at 20 mm intervals.
CAUTION: Before loosening the console, sup-

port the console. Otherwise, the console may
suddenly drop, possibly causing personal injury.
Adjusting Procedures
1. Lower the bucket to the ground. Stop the engine.
2. Move the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK po-
sition.
2 M178-01-140
3. Remove left and right console holding bolts (1).
Loosen bolts (2) to adjust the console height.
4. After adjusting, tighten bolts (1) and (2).
Tightening Torque: 49N⋅m (5 kgf⋅m)
1-48
OPERATOR'S STATION
SEAT BELT
1 2
CAUTION: Be sure to use the seat belt when op-

erating the machine.
Before operating the machine, be sure to exam-
ine seat belt (1), buckle (2), and attaching hard-
ware. Replace seat belt (1), buckle (2), or attach-
ing hardware if they are damaged, or worn.
Replace seat belt (1) every three years, regard-
less of appearance.
Seat Belt
1. Confirm that seat belt (1) is not twisted. Securely in-
sert the end of seat belt (1) into buckle (2). M157-01-168
Lightly pull on the belt to confirm that the buckle 1

latches securely.
2. Adjust seat belt (1) so that the belt is snug but
comfortable.
3. Push button (3) on buckle (2) to unfasten seat belt
(1).
M157-01-169
1 2
3
M157-01-170
1-49
OPERATOR'S STATION
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
1-50
BREAK-IN
OBSERVE ENGINE OPERATION CLOSELY
IMPORTANT: Be extra cautious during the first 50

hours, until you become thoroughly fa-
miliar with the sound and feel of your
new machine.
1. Operate the machine only in economy (E) mode and

limit the engine horsepower up to about 80 % of full
load.
2. Avoid excess engine idling.
3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently during
operation.
EVERY EIGHT HOURS OR DAILY
1. Perform 8-hour or daily service. (See Maintenance

guide -- 8 hours.)
2. Watch for fluid leaks.
3. Lubricate working tool pivots every 8 hours for the
first 50 hours, and every 8 hours when working in
mud and water.
AFTER THE FIRST 50 HOURS
1. Perform 50-hour service. (See Maintenance guide --

50 hours.)
2. Check accessible hardware torque. (See Hardware
Torque Specifications in Maintenance chapter.)
AFTER THE FIRST 100 HOURS
Perform 50-hour and 100-hour service. (See Maintenance

Guide -- 50 hours and 100 hours.)
2-1
BREAK-IN
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2
OPERATING THE ENGINE
INSPECT MACHINE DAILY BEFORE STARTING
Arm Cylinder
Boom
Center Joint
Tool Box
Swing Bearing
Arm
Swing Device
Bucket Cylinder
Fuel Tank
Link B Work Light Control Valve

Link A Hydraulic Oil Tank
Boom Cylinder
Muffler
Cab
Bucket
Pilot Filter
Side Cutter
Control Lever Tooth

Air Cleaner
Pump
Front Idler Engine
Track Adjuster Counterweight
Track Frame
Radiator, Oil Cooler, Inter Cooler
Reserve Tank
Washer Tank
Upper Roller
Battery
Lower Roller Track Link
Travel Device Track
Track Shoe
M178-01-044
For other inspection and maintenance procedures, refer to the MAINTENANCE Section.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Check for worn or frayed wires and loose connections. Check for leaks, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses that
rub against each other or other parts.
BOOM, BUCKET, SHEET METAL, TRACKS

LUBRICATION
Check for bent, broken or missing parts.
Check lubrication points on the Periodic Service Chart.
HARDWARE
PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Check for loose or missing parts.
Check guards, fenders.
FUEL SYSTEM
SAFETY
Drain water and deposits from fuel tank.
Walk around machine to clear all bystanders/obstacles
from machine area.
3-1
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE 1
1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is in the

LOCK position.
2. Confirm that all control levers are placed in neutral.
3. Check indicator bulbs as follows:
Turn key switch (2) to ON position. All indicator lights
and warning lamps will come on. They will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds, except for alternator (3)
and engine oil pressure (4) indicator, which will con-
tinue to stay on further. If any lamp fails to light, the
bulb may be burned out.
Only when the machine is equipped with the high per- LOCK Position M178-01-052
formance full-flow filter (optional), hydraulic oil filter
2
restriction indicator (5) bulb is checked.
IMPORTANT: The monitor panel indicates the machine

operating conditions. In case the ma-
chine is operated with indicator bulbs
burnt, even if any abnormality occurs,
the panel will not indicate warnings cor-
rectly. Accordingly, if any indicator bulbs
are burnt, immediately consult your M178-01-049
nearest HITACHI dealer for repair. After

the indicator bulb check is complete, if
alternator indicator (3) and/or engine oil
pressure indicator (4) stays OFF, the
machine is abnormal. Immediately con-
sult your nearest HITACHI dealer for re-
pair.
4. Adjust the seat to allow full pedal and control levers

stroke with operator’s back against the backrest. Fas-
ten the seat belt.
NOTE: Use a wet cloth when wiping dust off monitor or

switch panels to prevent damaging the panel
face.
Rubber is used on the switch parts. Take care
3
not to tear the rubber-made parts with
sharp-edged tool, such as a screwdriver.
4
M178-01-142
5
3-2
LEVEL CHECK
1
1. Turn key switch (1) to the ON position.
2. After the indicator bulb check is complete, engine oil
level indicator (3) and coolant level indicator (2) will
go OFF. If these indicators light 5 seconds after turn-
ing key switch (1) ON, check the oil and coolant lev-
els while referring to the descriptions in the Check
and Maintenance section. Add oil and/or coolant as
necessary. M178-01-049
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage.

Check fluid levels individually.
The level check does not take the place
of daily inspection at hydraulic oil level
window, engine coolant reserve tank
and engine oil level dipstick.
2 M178-01-142
3-3
STARTING THE ENGINE 1
1. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever (1) up to the LOCK

position.
2. Turn key switch (2) to ACC or ON position.
3. Sound horn to alert bystanders.
4. Turn engine control dial (3) to the slow idle position.
IMPORTANT: Prevent starter damage.

Never operate starter motor for more
than 10 seconds at a time. If engine fails
to start, return key switch to OFF. Wait
for more than 30 seconds, then try again. LOCK Position M178-01-052
After a false start, do not turn key switch
2
until engine stops or starter may be
damaged.
5. Turn key switch (2) to start engine. Release key

switch. It will return to ON position.
M178-01-049
Slow Idle
3
M178-01-011
3-4
STARTING IN COLD WEATHER
Preheating
1. Turn engine control dial (1) to around the middle be-
tween the L and H positions.
2. Turn key switch (2) ON.
3. The machine will automatically check if preheating is
required or not. When preheating is required, preheat
indicator (3) is lit for approx. 8 seconds.
1
NOTE: In case, preheat indicator (3) doesn’t come ON, M178-03-002
preheating is not required. 2
4. As soon as preheat indicator (3) goes OFF, turn the

key switch (2) to the START position to rotate the
starter. Release the key switch (2) immediately after
the engine has started.
M178-01-049
M178-01-142
3-5
CHECK INSTRUMENTS AFTER STARTING
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to engine.

If indicator lights do not go out after
starting engine, IMMEDIATELY STOP
THE ENGINE and correct the cause.
Check that
1. Alternator indicator (1) is off.
2. Engine oil pressure indicator (2) is off.
3. Engine noise and exhaust gas are normal.
IMPORTANT: Operate machine at less-than-normal

loads and speeds until engine is at nor-
mal operating temperature.
1
M178-01-142
3-6
USING BOOSTER BATTERIES
CAUTION:
1. An explosive gas is produced while batteries
are in use or being charged. Keep flames or
sparks away from the battery area. Charge the
batteries in a well ventilated area.
Do not continue to use or charge the battery
when electrolyte level is lower than specified.
Explosion of the battery may result.
Park the machine on a dry, firm or concrete
surface, not on steel plates, if the machine is
parked on steel plates, dangerous sparks may SA-032
be unexpectedly created on the machine.
Never connect a positive terminal to a nega-
tive terminal, as a dangerous short circuit will
occur.
2. The operator must be in the operator’s seat so
that the machine will be under control when
the engine starts. Jump starting is a
two-person operation.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a 24

volt negative (–) ground. Use only 24
volt booster batteries.
When the machine batteries are exhausted, start the en- 1

gine using booster batteries as shown below.
Connecting the booster batteries (Red)

1. Stop the engine of the machine on which booster bat-
teries are mounted.
2. Connect one end of red cable (1) to the positive (+)
terminal of the machine batteries, and the other end
to the positive (+) terminal of the booster batteries.
3. Connect one end of black cable (2) to the negative Booster Batteries Machine Batteries
(–) terminal of the booster batteries, and then make (Black)
ground connection to the frame of the machine to be To Upperstructure of the Machine
started with the other end of black (–) cable (2). In the
M104-03-002
last connection to frame, be sure to connect the cable 2 Connecting the Booster Batteries
end as far away from the machine batteries as possi-
ble.
4. Start the engine of the machine on which booster bat-
teries are mounted.
5. Start the engine of the troubling machine.
6. After the engine starts, disconnect cables (2) and (1),
following the procedure below.
3-7
Disconnecting the booster batteries 1
1. Disconnect black negative (–) cable (2) from the ma-
chine frame first.
(Red)
2. Disconnect the other end of black negative (–) cable
(2) from the booster batteries.
3. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the booster
batteries.
4. Disconnect red positive (+) cable (1) from the ma-
chine batteries. Booster Batteries Machine Batteries
(Black)
To Upperstructure of the Machine
M104-03-002
2 Disconnecting the Booster Batteries
3-8
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Engine stop procedure

3. Turn engine control dial (1) to the slow idle position
and run the engine for 5 minuets to cool the engine.
SA-390
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the 3

engine is not properly shut down.
4. Turn key switch (2) OFF. Remove the key from the
key switch.
5. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (3) to the LOCK posi-
tion.
If the engine does not stop with the key switch

turned in the OFF position
M178-01-052
If the engine does not stop when the key switch is turned
to the OFF position (due to a machine or key switch mal-
function), pull engine stop knob (4) all the way to the
stop. The engine will stop.
1
Slow Idle
NOTE: If the knob is pulled halfway, the engine may
not start or may stall during operation. Be sure
to push the knob to the fully retracted position
before restarting the engine.
2 M178-01-011
M178-01-049
M178-01-054
4
3-9
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
3-10
DRIVING THE MACHINE
DRIVE THE MACHINE CAREFULLY
IMPORTANT: During freezing weather, park machine

on a hard surface to prevent tracks from
freezing to the ground. Clean debris
from tracks and track frame.
If tracks are frozen to the ground, raise

tracks using boom, move machine care-
fully to prevent damage to drive train
and tracks.
Select a route that is as flat as possible. Steer machine as

straight as possible making small, gradual changes in di-
rection.
When driving over rough terrain, reduce engine speed to

lessen possibility of undercarriage damage.
NOTE: An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside sur-

face of the side frame to indicate the machine
front direction.
M178-03-001
Arrow-mark
4-1
DRIVING THE MACHINE
STEERING THE MACHINE USING PEDALS
CAUTION: In the standard travel position, the

front idlers are positioned at the front of the ma- Front Idler
chine and the travel motors at the rear. If the Cab
travel motors are positioned at the front of the
machine, the control actions of the travel pedals
will be reversed. Be sure to confirm the position
of the travel motors before traveling.
• FORWARD TRAVEL
Push down on front (A) of both pedals.
Travel Motor
• REVERSE TRAVEL
Push down on rear (B) of both pedals. M104-01-038
• NEUTRAL POSITION (C)

When the travel pedals are placed in neutral, travel
brakes automatically will stop and/or hold the ma-
chine.
A
• RIGHT TURN D
Push down on front of left pedal. A C
B
• LEFT TURN D
Push down on front of right pedal. C
B
• SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push down the front of one pedal and the rear of the
Forward and Reverse
other.
M104-04-009
M104-04-003
NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal

tabs (D) and rest feet on footrests.
Travel lever dampers are provided for smooth
control. In extremely cold weather, lever effort
will increase. Operate levers several times with
pilot control shut-off lever in the LOCK position.
Pivot Turn M104-04-010

M104-04-003
Spin Turn M104-04-011

M104-04-007
4-2
DRIVING THE MACHINE
STEERING THE MACHINE USING LEVERS
CAUTION: In the standard travel position, the

front idlers are positioned at the front of the ma- Front Idler
chine and the travel motors at the rear. If the Cab
travel motors are positioned at the front of the
machine, the control actions of the travel levers
will be reversed. Be sure to confirm the position
of the travel motors before traveling.
• FORWARD TRAVEL
Push both levers forward (A).
Travel Motor
• REVERSE TRAVEL A
Pull both levers rearward (B). A M104-01-038
C
• NEUTRAL POSITION (C)
When the travel levers are placed in neutral, travel C
brakes automatically will stop and/or hold the ma- B
chine. B
• RIGHT TURN D
Push left lever forward.
• LEFT TURN D
Push right lever forward.
• SHORT TURN (Spin turn)
Push one lever forward and pull the other rearward.
Forward and Reverse
M104-04-009
NOTE: For long-term traveling, push down on pedal M104-04-003
tabs (D) and rest feet on footrests.

Travel lever dampers are provided for smooth
control. In extremely cold weather, lever effort
will increase. Operate levers several times with
pilot control shut-off lever in the LOCK position.
Pivot Turn M104-04-010

M104-04-003
Spin Turn M104-04-011

M104-04-007
4-3
DRIVING THE MACHINE
TRAVEL MODE SWITCH
CAUTION: Tipping-over accidents can cause se-

rious personal injury. Do not change travel mode
while traveling; especially, changing to the fast
mode when descending slopes will create a very
dangerous situation. Always stop the machine
before changing the travel speed mode.
Turn travel mode switch (1) on the switch panel to the

specified position to select the travel mode (Fast/Slow).
2
• Fast Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark (2) 1
position.
• Slow Mode: Turn travel mode switch (1) to mark
3
(1) position.
Mark (Fast Speed Mode)

Mark (Slow Speed Mode)
TRAVEL ALARM (Optional) M178-01-091
During travel operation, the travel alarm sounds the buzzer

to warn the people near the machine that the machine is
traveling.
Deactivating Travel Alarm

More than 12 seconds after starting to travel the ma-
chine, turn the travel alarm deactivation switch to the
[ Deactivation] position to stop the travel alarm.
(Within 12 seconds, the travel alarm deactivation switch
is inoperable.)
Once the machine stops traveling and when restarting to
travel, the travel alarm will sound again. If desired to
stop the alarm, operate the deactivation switch once
more. M1HH-01-001
Optional Switch
NOTE: The optional switch locations differ depending

on what kinds of optional devices are equipped.
Before using the switches, make sure what
kinds of optional devices are equipped.
4-4
DRIVING THE MACHINE
TRAVELING
CAUTION: Use a signal person when moving,

swinging or operating the machine in congested
areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting
the machine.
• Before moving machine, determine which way to

move travel pedals/levers for the direction you want to
go. When the travel motors are in the rear, pushing Travel Motor
down on the front of the travel pedals or pushing the
levers forward moves the machine forward, towards
the idlers. M104-05-008
An arrow-mark seal is stuck on the inside surface of

the side frame to indicate the machine front direction.
• Select a travel route that is as flat as possible. Steer
the machine as straight as possible, making small
gradual changes in direction.
• Before traveling on them, check the strengths of
bridges and road shoulders, and reinforce if neces-
sary.
• Use wood plates in order not to damage the road sur-
M178-03-001
face. Be careful of steering when operating on asphalt Arrow-mark
roads in summer.
• When crossing train tracks, use wood plates in order
not to damage them.
• Do not make contact with electric wires or bridges.
• When crossing a river, measure the depth of the river
using the bucket, and cross slowly. Do not cross the
river when the depth of the river is deeper than the
upper edge of the upper roller.
• When traveling on rough terrain, reduce engine speed.
Select slow travel speed. Slower speed will reduce
possible damage to the machine.
• Avoid operations that may damage the track and un- SA-011
dercarriage components.
• During freezing weather, always clean snow and ice
from track shoes before loading and unloading ma-
chine, to prevent the machine from slipping.
4-5
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING ON SOFT GROUND
• Avoid traveling on very soft ground that does not have

sufficient strength to firmly support the machine.
• If the machine is operated on very soft ground or be-
comes stuck, it may be necessary to clean the track
frame area.
• Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to
raise one track off the ground. Make sure to keep the
angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110° and posi-
tion the bucket’s round side on the ground.
• Rotate the raised track back and forth to remove mud
and dirt.
• After lowering the track to the ground, select slow
travel speed. Carefully move the machine to firm
ground. M104-05-012
• Utilize the boom and arm functions to pull the machine

toward firm ground.
• Tow the machine if the machine becomes stuck but
only if the engine is still operating. Be sure to attach a
tow line correctly. (Refer to the “TOWING MACHINE A
SHORT DISTANCE” section on the next page.)
RAISE ONE TRACK USING BOOM AND ARM
CAUTION: Keep the angle between boom and

arm 90 to 110° and position the bucket’s round
side on the ground.
to
Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to raise
track off ground. Do not dig bucket teeth into the ground
when using the hoe bucket reversed.
Place blocks under machine frame to support the machine.
IMPORTANT: When the machine is modified as a face

shovel by installing the hoe bucket in to
reverse, avoid raising the machine
above the ground using the front at-
tachment with the bucket cylinder fully
extended. Excessive loads will be ap- M104-05-013
plied to the pins around the bucket and WRONG

the bucket cylinder, resulting in break-
age of the pins.
SA-817
4-6
DRIVING THE MACHINE
TOWING MACHINE A SHORT DISTANCE
CAUTION: Cables, straps, or ropes can break RIGHT

causing serious injury. Do not tow machine with
damaged chains, frayed cables, slings, straps, or
wire ropes.
Always wear gloves when handling cable, straps
or wire ropes.
When your machine becomes struck but the engine is still

operational, attach wire rop tow lines as illustrated at right, Wire Rope
and slowly tow your machine to firm ground using another
machine.
Be sure to attach the wire ropes around the track frames of M104-05-010
both machines as illustrated.

To prevent the wire ropes from being damaged, place
some protective material between the track frame and the WRONG
wire ropes.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the shackle hole on the track

frame for towing the machine.
A shackle hole is provided to pull only Wire Rope
light weight objects. Refer to page 5-17
for instructions for using the shackle
hole properly. Shackle
M104-05-011
4-7
DRIVING THE MACHINE
OPERATING IN WATER OR MUD
The machine can be operated in water up to the upper

edge of the upper rollers only if worksite footing has suffi-
cient strength to prevent the machine from sinking past the
upper edge of the upper roller, and only if the water is flow-
ing slowly.
When operating in such conditions, check the machine’s A

position often. Reposition the machine if necessary.
M104-05-009
Avoid submerging the swing bearing, swing gears and cen-
ter joint.
If the swing bearing, swing gears and center joint are sub- Model A
merged, remove the drain plug to drain mud and water. ZAXIS 330·330LC 860 mm
Clean swing area. Install plug. Lubricate swing internal 350H·350LCH (33.9 in)
gear and swing bearing. 960 mm
ZAXIS370MTH
(37.8 in)
Swing Internal Gear Capacity: 16 L (4.2 US gal)
Lubricate swing bearing. (See Maintenance Guide, 500

hours)
4-8
DRIVING THE MACHINE
PRECAUTIONS FOR TRAVELING ON SLOPES
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from traveling

on slopes. Tipping over or skidding down of the
machine may result. Thoroughly read and under-
stand precautions below and be sure to travel at
slow speed on slopes. Never attempt to travel on A
slopes with the bucket loaded or any load sus-
pended by the bucket.
• Never attempt to ascend or descend 30 degrees or SA-657

steeper slopes.
• Be sure to fasten the seat belt.
• Keep the bucket pointed in the direction of travel, ap-
proximately 200 to 300 mm (8 to 12 in) (A) above the
ground. If the machine starts to skid or becomes un-
stable, lower the bucket immediately.
• Driving across the face of a slope or steering on a
slope may cause the machine to skid or turnover. If A
the direction must be changed, move the machine to SA-658
level ground, then, change the direction to ensure
safe operation.
• Avoid swinging the upperstructure on slopes. Never
attempt to swing the upperstructure downhill. The
machine may tip over. If swinging uphill is unavoidable,
carefully operate the upperstructure and boom at slow
speed.
• If the engine stalls on a slope, immediately lower the
bucket to the ground. Return the control levers to neu-
tral. Then, restart the engine.
SA-441
• Be sure to thoroughly warm up the machine before
ascending steep slopes. If hydraulic oil has not WRONG
warmed up sufficiently, sufficient performance may not
be obtained.
SA-442
4-9
DRIVING THE MACHINE
PARKING THE MACHINE ON SLOPES
CAUTION: Avoid parking machine on slopes.

The machine may tip over, possibly resulting in
personal injury.
If parking the machine on a slope is unavoidable:

• Thrust the bucket teeth into the ground.
• Return the control levers to neutral and pull the pilot M104-05-014
control shut-off lever to the LOCK position.
• Block both tracks.
PARKING THE MACHINE

1
Slow Idle
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if the
4. Turn engine control dial (1) counterclockwise to the

stop (the slow idle position).
Run the engine approximately 5 minutes to cool the
engine. M178-01-011
5. Turn the key switch to OFF. Remove the key from the 2
key switch.
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (2) to the LOCK posi-
tion.
IMPORTANT: Protect cab electrical components from

bad weather. Always close windows,
roof vent and cab door when parking the
machine.
7. Close windows, roof vent, and cab door.

8. Lock all access doors and compartments.
LOCK Position M178-01-052
4-10
OPERATING THE MACHINE
CONTROL LEVER (ISO PATTERN)
CAUTION: Never place any part of body beyond

window frame. It could be crushed by the boom if 1 5
boom control lever is accidentally bumped or
otherwise engaged. If window is missing or bro-
ken, replace immediately. 4 3 7 8
Prevent possible injury from unexpected ma-
chine movement.
Make sure you know the location and function of
2 6
each control before operating.
The machine is equipped with a label showing the control

patterns of the levers and pedals.
IMPORTANT: When digging, avoid hitting tracks with

boom cylinders.
When digging over the end of the tracks,
travel motors should be at the rear to
maximize machine stability and lift ca-
pacity.
When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neu- M178-05-001
tral, and that machine function will stop.

3
1
1- Arm Roll-Out
2- Arm Roll-In 4
3- Swing Right 2
4- Swing Left
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In. M104-05-001
8- Bucket Roll-Out.
8 7
5
M104-05-002
5-1
CONTROL LEVER (HITACHI PATTERN)
CAUTION: Never place any part of body beyond

window frame. It could be crushed by the boom if 1 5
boom control lever is accidentally bumped or
otherwise engaged. If window is missing or bro-
ken, replace immediately. 3 4 7 8
Prevent possible injury from unexpected ma-
chine movement.
Make sure you know the location and function of
2 6
each control before operating.
The machine is equipped with a label showing the control

patterns of the levers and pedals.
IMPORTANT: When digging, avoid hitting tracks with

boom cylinders.
When digging over the end of the tracks,
travel motors should be at the rear to
maximize machine stability and lift ca-
pacity.
When a lever is released, it will automatically return to neu- M178-05-001
tral, and that machine function will stop.

1
3
1- Swing Right
2- Swing Left 2
3- Arm Roll-Out 4
4- Arm Roll-In
5- Boom Lower
6- Boom Raise
7- Bucket Roll-In. M104-05-001
8- Bucket Roll-Out.
8 7 5
M104-05-002
5-2
PILOT CONTROL SHUT-OFF LEVER
Pilot control shut-off lever (1) functions to prevent

misoperation of the machine from occurring if the control
levers are accidentally moved when leaving the operator's
seat or when entering the cab.
CAUTION:
1. Always pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) into
the full LOCK position. The pilot control
shut-off function will not be activated
otherwise.
2. When leaving the machine:
• Stop the engine.
• Then, pull the pilot control shut-off lever up to
the LOCK position.
3. Always check to be sure that the pilot control
lever is pulled up to the LOCK position
before:
• Transporting the machine.
• Leaving the machine at the end of the shift.
1
Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever Operation
Before Leaving the Machine:

1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the
bucket to the ground. Return all control levers to neu-
tral. Properly shut down the engine.
2. Pull pilot control shut-off lever (1) up into the full
LOCK position.
Before Starting Operation:

1. Confirm that pilot control shut-off lever (1) is pulled
up to the LOCK position.
LOCK Position M178-01-052
After starting the engine:

1. Confirm that all control levers and pedals are in
neutral and that no part of the machine is in motion.
2. Lower pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the UNLOCK
position.
1
If any part of the machine (any actuator) moves when
the pilot control shut-off lever is lowered to the UNLOCK
position despite the fact that all controls are placed in
neutral, the machine is malfuntioning. Immediately pull
the pilot control shut-off lever back to the LOCK position,
and stop the engine. Then, see your authorized dealer.
UNLOCK Position M178-01-053
5-3
Warming-up Operation
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic components may be seriously

damaged if the machine is operated with
hydraulic oil temperature below 30°C
(86°F). Always warm hydraulic oil to
specifications before operating the ma-
chine.
Warm up the engine coolant as follows:
1. Run the engine with engine control dial (1) turned to 1

the slow idle position. Slow Idle
2. When the needle of coolant temperature gauge (2)

indicates the arrow position, warm up operation is
complete.
M178-01-011
M178-01-104
Hydraulic Oil Warm-Up Operation

In case the hydraulic oil temperature is lower than 0 °C
when starting the engine, the engine speed is automati-
cally increased for approx. 15 minutes to quickly warm
up the hydraulic oil.
NOTE: As soon as the hydraulic oil is warmed upto 0

°C even though it is still shorter than 15 minutes,
the warm-up operation is automatically com-
plete so that the engine runs at an idle speed.
During auto warm-up operation, if the engine

speed is increased more than that of the auto
warm-up operation by operating engine control
dial (1), the engine runs at the speed set by en-
gine control dial (1).
5-4
Warming-up the Motor and the Cylinders
IMPORTANT: 1. In cold weather, be sure to thoroughly

warm-up the motors and cylinders.
2. If the hydraulic circuit is continuously
relieved for a certain amount of time,
the temperature in the control valve
would rise excessively. Never operate
to stroke end more than 15 seconds.
After relieving any function, up to 15
seconds, be sure to have a 5–10 sec-
ond intermission.
1. Check that the needle of coolant temperature gauge

(2) starts moving so that engine coolant warm-up
operation is complete.
2. Turn engine control dial (1) to the medium position.
1
3. Operate the boom, arm and bucket cylinders slowly
to each stroke end several times.
4. Operate travel and swing functions slowly, initially
moving only short distances.
5. Continue to repeat steps 3 and 4 until bucket cycle
time is normal.
M178-01-011
M178-01-104
5-5
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
1
Increase and decrease the engine speed using engine
control dial (1) located on the right console, as illustrated.
• Turn engine control dial (1) clockwise to increase the

engine speed. Turn engine control dial (1) counter-
clockwise to decrease the engine speed.
• Note that the auto-idle function will be deactivated if
engine control dial (1) is operated while the engine is
running at the auto-idle setting.
• Before stopping the engine, always turn engine control
dial (1) counterclockwise to the stop (to the slow idle
setting). Run the engine five minutes to cool the en-
gine. Then, turn key switch (2) to OFF position to stop
the engine.
M178-01-091
High Idle
1
Slow Idle
M178-01-011
5-6
AUTO-IDLE
With auto-ilde/acceleration selector (3) turned to the A/I

position, approximately 4 seconds after all control levers
are returned to neutral, the engine speed decreases to the
1
auto-idle setting to save fuel consumption. The engine
speed will immediately increase to the speed set by engine
control dial (2) when any control lever is operated.
CAUTION:
1. Always check if auto-idle indicator (1) is
turned on or off before starting operation. If
the indicator is on, the auto-idle function will
be activated.
2. Always be aware of engine control dial setting
when auto-idle/acceleration selector (1)
turned to the A/I position. If the engine speed
is set high with engine control dial (2), and if
the operator is not aware of the high engine
speed setting, the engine speed will unex-
pectedly increase when any control lever is
operated, causing unexpected machine
movement, thus possibly resulting in serious
personal injury.
3. Prevent the machine from unexpected move- M178-01-142
ment. Be sure to turn off

auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) when un-
expected machine movement is undesirable, 2
especially when loading/unloading the ma-
chine for transportation.
Note that auto-idle function can be turned on or off only

when the key switch is in ON position. Always check if the
auto-idle function is turned on or off with auto-idle indicator 3
(1).
Auto-Idle Function ON : Auto-Idle Indicator (1) ON

Auto-Idle Function OFF : Auto-Idle Indicator (1) OFF
• When auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) is turned

OFF with auto-idle indicator (1) ON, indicator (1) will
go OFF and the auto-idle system is deactivated.
• Even if the engine is stopped by turning the key switch
with auto/acceleration selector (3) in the AUTO-IDLE
position [indicator (1) ON], the auto-idle system is not
deactivated. When the engine is restarted, the
auto-idle system remains activated, allowing auto-idle
indicator (1) to flash for 5 seconds and stay ON later.
M178-01-091
5-7
AUTO ACCELERATION
4
Auto-Acceleration Function
When auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) is turned in the
A/A position, the engine speed can be varied in propor- 1
tion to the stroke of the control levers. In addition, the
engine speed is reduced to the auto-idle speed approx.
4 seconds after releasing the control levers. Thereby,
fuel consumption is reduced more than when operating
in the auto-idle mode.
When auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) is turned in the
A/A position, both auto-idle indicator (1) and
auto-acceleration indicator (4) are lit.
CAUTION: Be sure to check whether

auto-acceleration indicator (4) is ON or OFF be-
fore operating the control levers. When the indi-
cator is ON, the auto-acceleration system func-
tions.
When a control lever is operated with

auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) turned to the
A/A position, the engine speed is increased in
proportion to the stroke of the control lever up to
the engine speed set by engine control dial (2). M178-01-142
Therefore, beware that the engine speed will
suddenly increase, after moving a control lever if
high engine speed is set by engine control dial
(2). 2
Be sure to turn auto-idle/acceleration selector (3)

OFF before starting works such as when loading
the machine on or off a trailer or lifting a load
with the front attachment, which may result in
personal accidents if the engine speed is sud- 3
denly changed.
M178-01-091
5-8
Changing Auto-Acceleration Mode
When changing the auto-acceleration mode, turn 4
auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) with the key switch ON.
Check the selected mode by referring to auto acceleration
indicator (4). 1
Indicator ON: Auto-Acceleration system is activated.

Indicator OFF: Auto-Acceleration system is deactivated.
• When auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) is turned to the

A/I position or OFF position with auto-acceleration indi-
cator (4) ON, indicator (4) will go OFF and the
auto-acceleration system is deactivated.
Even if the engine is stopped by turning the key switch with
auto-idle/acceleration selector (3) in the A/A position [indi-
cator (4) ON], the auto-acceleration system is not deacti-
vated. When the engine is restarted, the auto-acceleration
system remains activated, allowing auto-idle indicator (1)
and auto-acceleration indicator (4) to flash for 5 seconds
and stay ON later.
M178-01-142
M178-01-091
5-9
WORK MODE
Two work modes can be selected for most appropriate

front and swing speeds for the work to be performed.
When the engine is started, the digging mode is automati-

cally set. Each time work mode switch (1) is pressed, the
two following modes are selected alternately.
2
• Digging Mode
• Attachment Mode
The selected work mode is indicated by attachment mode

indicator (2) or digging mode indicator (3). Select the work 1
3
mode corresponding to the work in which the machine is
engaged while referring to the table below.
M178-01-142
Work Mode Description

General Purpose
Designed for general digging and truck loading.
Mode
Select this mode when using attachments other than
Attachment Mode
bucket.
POWER BOOST
The power boost switch (4) is used to gain maximum dig-

ging power, and is located at the top of the right control
lever.
When the power boost switch (4) is pushed, increased

front attachment power will be supplied for about 8 sec-
onds.
M178-05-002
5-10
POWER MODE
One of three engine speed modes, E, P or H/P mode, can

be selected using power mode switch (1).
• E (Economy) Mode
Even if the engine speed is reduced in the E mode, dig- 1

ging force remains unchanged from that in the P mode.
Although production is reduced slightly more than in the
P mode, the fuel consumption and noise levels are re-
duced, allowing the machine to operate most efficiently.
• P Mode
Operate the machine in this mode when performing

normal work.
• H/P (High Power) Mode

M178-01-091
CAUTION: In the H/P mode, the engine speed

will change quickly. To ensure safety, be sure to
turn power mode switch (1) to the P or E mode
position before starting such works as loading
the machine on or off a trailer or lifting a load
with the front attachment, which may result in
personal accidents if the engine speed is sud-
denly changed.
When rolling in the arm while digging deep trenches for

example, more power may be required. In such cases,
use the H/P mode. The maximum power of the machine
can be utilized in this mode, increasing work efficiency
when more power is required than in the P mode.
The H/P mode is activated and the engine speed is in-

creased when the boom raise or the arm rolled-in opera-
tion is made with the engine fast idle speed set at faster
-1
than approx. 1700 min .
NOTE: In the H/P mode, the engine speed changes

depending on load applied to the machine.
5-11
PRECAUTIONS FOR OPERATIONS
CAUTION: Investigate the work site before start-

ing operations.
1. Be sure to install an overhead cab guard
when operating in a work site which has a
possibility of falling objects.
2. If operation on soft ground is required, suffi-
ciently reinforce the ground beforehand.
• Be sure to wear close fitting clothing and safety

equipment appropriate for the job, such as a hard hat,
etc. when operating the machine.
• Clear all persons and obstacles from area of opera-
tion and machine movement.
Always beware of the surroundings while operating.
When working in a small area surrounded by obsta-
cles, take care not to hit the upperstructure against
obstacles.
• When loading onto trucks, bring the bucket over the M104-05-015
truck beds from the rear side. Take care not to swing
the bucket over the cab or over any person.
5-12
OPERATE THE MACHINE SAFELY
CAUTION: Prevent the machine from tipping

over and from being involved in a ground
collapse. Take the necessary precautions as
follows:
1. Make sure the worksite has sufficient strength
to firmly support the machine.
When working close to an excavation or at
road shoulders, operate the machine with the
tracks positioned perpendicular to the cliff
face with travel motors at the rear, so that the
machine can more easily evacuate if the cliff
face collapses.
2. If working on the bottom of a cliff or a high
bank is required, be sure to investigate the
M104-05-016
area first and confirm that no danger of the
cliff or bank collapsing exists. If any possibil-
ity of cliff or bank collapsing exists, do not
work on the area.
3. Soft ground may collapse when operating the
machine on it, possibly causing the machine
to tip over. When working on a soft ground is
required, be sure to reinforce the ground first
using large pieces of steel plates strong and
firm enough to easily support the machine.
4. Note that there is always a possibility of ma-
chine tipping over when working on rough
terrain or on slopes. Prevent machine tipping
over from occurring. When operating on
rough terrain or on slopes:
• Reduce the engine speed.
• Select slow travel speed mode.
• Operate the machine slowly and be
cautious with machine movements.
5-13
OPERATING BACKHOE
1. Place the bucket teeth on the ground with the bottom

of the bucket at a 45 degree angle to the ground.
2. Pull the bucket toward the machine using the arm as
the main digging force.
3. When soil sticks to the bucket, remove it by moving
the arm and/or bucket rapidly back and forth.
4. When trenching a straight line, position the tracks
parallel to the trench. After digging to the desired
depth, move the machine as required to continue the M107-05-037
trench.
IMPORTANT: When lowering the boom, avoid sudden

stops that may cause shock load dam-
age to the machine.
When operating the arm, avoid bottom-

ing the cylinder to prevent cylinder dam-
age.
When digging at an angle, avoid striking

the tracks with the bucket teeth.
When digging a deep excavation, avoid

striking the boom or bucket cylinder
hoses against the ground.
GRADING OPERATION
IMPORTANT: Do not pull or push dirt with the bucket

when traveling.
Select grading mode when finishing work is required.
Position the arm slightly forward of the vertical position with

bucket rolled back, as shown.
Operate arm roll-in function while slowly raising the boom.

Once the arm moves past, the vertical position slowly lower M104-05-017
the boom to allow the bucket to maintain a smooth surface.
Grading operation can be more precisely done by operat-

ing the boom, arm and bucket simultaneously.
5-14
FACE SHOVEL OPERATION
WRONG
CAUTION: Take care not to hit the cab when roll-
ing in the arm with the reversed-installed bucket.
• For face shovel operation, dig the ground using the

arm cylinder in a scraping motion.
• When underground water is expected, make a slope Watch out!
(Take care not to hit the
angle of 2 to 3° to drain this water as shown. cab with bucket)
M107-05-045
2 to 3°
M104-05-020
WRONG
AVOID ABUSIVE OPERATION
Do not use travel as an additional digging force. Severe

machine damage may result.
Do not raise rear of machine to use the machine’s weight

as additional digging force. Severe machine damage may
result.
WRONG
WRONG
M104-05-018
5-15
OPERATING TIPS WRONG
Do not hit the track with the bucket when digging.
Whenever possible, position your machine on a level sur-
face.
Do not use the bucket as a hammer or pile driver. Do not
attempt to shift rocks and break walls using swing motion.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damaging cylinders, do not

strike the ground with the bucket nor
use the bucket for tamping with the
bucket cylinder fully extended (the
bucket completely curled under).
M104-05-019
Adjust the length and depth of each cut to produce a full

bucket with every pass.
Full loads on every pass is more productive than a faster
cycle with a partially filled bucket.
Full load should be the first objective, followed by speed, to
increase productivity.
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to break ledge rock by

extending the arm to maximum reach
and dropping the front of the bucket on
the bucket teeth for penetration. Serious
damage to the machine can result.
Once the trench is open, ledge rock can be broken by pull-

ing the bucket up under the layers. The top layers are
pulled out first, with one or two layers being lifted at a time.
Do not side load the bucket. For example, do not swing the
bucket to level material or do not strike objects from the
side with the bucket.
SELECT CORRECT TRACK SHOES
IMPORTANT: Using wide track shoes on rough ground

may result in shoe bending and/or
loosening, and may damage other un-
dercarriage components.
Never use wide track shoes on rough ground such as

rocks, sand or gravel. Wide track shoes are designed for
soft ground.
Track shoe bolts should be checked periodically for tight-

ness.
5-16
PRECAUTION FOR ARM ROLL-IN/BUCKET
ROLL-IN COMBINED OPERATION
--- If Headguard-Integrated Cab is Equipped
CAUTION: The bucket teeth will hit the head-

guard if the bucket is rolled in with the arm fully
rolled in, as illustrated, when the 4 m long arm
(13 ft 2 in) is attached. When performing com-
bined operation of long arm roll-in/bucket roll-in
or when rolling in the bucket with the long arm
fully retracted, be careful not to hit the headguard
with the bucket teeth.
SHACKLE HOLE USAGE M107-05-072
A shackle hole is provided on the track frame to tow light

weight objects as specified below. Shackle hole for towing light
weight objects.
IMPORTANT: Be sure to conform to the restrictions
Track Frame
and precautions stated below when tow-
ing a light weight object using the
shackle hole provided on the track frame.
The track frame and/or the shackle hole
may be damaged otherwise.
• The maximum drawbar pull is 108000 N (11 Metric Wire Rope

Tons).
• Be sure to use a shackle. Shackle
• Keep the tow line horizontal, straight, and parallel to

the tracks. M104-05-011
• Select the slow travel mode. Slowly drive the machine

when towing.
OVERNIGHT STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS
1. After finishing the day’s operation, drive the machine

to a firm, level ground where no possibility of falling
stones, ground collapse, or floods.
Park the machine referring to the
“PARKING THE MACHINE” in the “DRIVING THE
MACHINE” section.
2. Fill the fuel tank with fuel.
3. Clean the machine.
4. If anti-freeze or long life coolant is not used in cold
weather, be sure to drain coolant from the radiator
and the engine jacket. Also, be sure to put a “No M178-05-008
Water in Radiator” tag in a visible place if the coolant
has been drained.
5-17
EMERGENCY BOOM LOWERING PROCE-
DURE 2
CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Confirm that

no one is under the front attachment before start-
ing the procedure below.
If the engine stalls and cannot be restarted, lower the

boom to lower the bucket to the ground referring to the
emergency boom lowering procedure stated below.
1. Loosen lock nut (1). Loosen screw (2) one half of a

turn. The boom will start to lower. The boom lowering
speed can be somewhat adjusted by loosening screw
(2) more. M173-07-011
2 1
NOTE: Never loosen screw (2) more than 2 turns.
Screw (2) may come off.
2. After the bucket is lowered to the ground, retighten

screw (2), then lock nut (1) to the specifications be-
low.
Lock Nut (1)
Tool : 17 mm
Torque : 35 to 47 Nxm
(3.6 to 4.8 kgfxm, 25.8 to 34.7 lbfxft)
Screw (2)
Tool : 6 mm (Hexagonal wrench)
Torque : 5.9 to 9.8 Nxm
NOTE: Excessive leakage may result if the screw and

the lock nut are tightened insufficiently. Be sure
to retighten the screw and the lock nut to speci-
M1HH-05-001
fications.
5-18
OBJECT HANDLING --- IF EQUIPPED
CAUTION: When you use machine for object

handling, be sure to comply with all local regula-
tions.
Cables, straps, or ropes can break, causing seri-
ous injury. Do not use damaged chains, frayed
cables, slings, straps, or ropes to crane.
Never move the load quickly. Never move load

over a person’s head. Do not allow any persons
near load.
Keep all persons away from wire-rope-attached

load, lifted or sitting on the ground unless it is
securely sitting on blocks or on the ground.
Position upperstructure so that the travel motors

are at the rear.
SA-014
Do not attach sling/chain to the bucket teeth.
• Secure sling/chain tightly to the load to be lifted. Wear

gloves when securing sling/chain.
• Fasten sling/chain to bucket loop, with the bucket
curled and arm retracted.
• Coordinate hand signals with your signal man before
starting.
• Be aware of the location of all persons in the working
area.
• Attach a hand line to load and make sure person hold-
ing it is well away from load.
• Before lifting, test your load.
1. Park your machine close to load.
2. Attach load to the machine.
3. Raise load 50 mm (2 in) above the ground.
4. Swing the load all the way to one side.
5. While keeping load close to the ground, move it
away from machine.
6. If there is any indication of reduced stability of your
machine, lower load to the ground.
• Lift load only as high as necessary.
5-19
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
5-20
TRANSPORTING
TRANSPORTING BY ROAD
When transporting the machine on public roads, be

sure to first understand and follow all local regulations.
• When transporting using a trailer, check the width,

height, length and weight of the trailer with the ma-
chine loaded.
Note that transporting the weight and dimensions may M107-06-013
vary depending on the type of shoe or front attach-
ments installed.
• Investigate beforehand the conditions of the route to
be traveled, such as dimensional limits, weight limits,
and traffic regulations.
In some cases, disassemble the machine to bring it within

dimensional limits or weight limits of local regulations.
LOADING/UNLOADING ON A TRAILER
Always load and unload the machine on a firm, level sur-

face.
CAUTION: Be sure to use a loading dock or a

ramp for loading/unloading.
Ramp/Loading Dock:
1. Before loading, thoroughly clean the ramp and flat-
bed. Dirty ramps or flatbeds with oil, mud, or ice on
them are slippery and dangerous.
2. Place blocks against the truck and trailer wheels
while using a ramp or loading dock.
3. Ramps must be sufficient in width, length, and
strength. Be sure that the incline of the ramp is less
than 15 degrees.
4. Loading docks must be sufficient in width and
strength to support the machine and have an incline
of less than 15 degrees.
6-1
TRANSPORTING
Loading/Unloading
CAUTION:
1. Always turn the auto-idle/acceleration switch
OFF and the power mode switch OFF when
loading or unloading the machine, to avoid
unexpected speed increase due to uninten-
tional operation of a control lever.
2. Always select the slow speed mode with the
travel mode switch. In the fast speed mode,
travel speed may automatically increase.
3. NEVER steer while driving up or down a ramp
as it is extremely dangerous. If repositioning
is necessary, first move back to the ground or
flatbed, modify traveling direction, and begin
to drive again.
4. The top end of the ramp where it meets the
flatbed is a sudden bump. Take care when
traveling over it.
5. Prevent possible injury from machine tipping
while the upperstructure is rotating. Keep the
arm tucked under and rotate the upperstruc-
ture slowly for best stability.
Loading
1. The machine direction should be as follows:
With the front attachment: Travel forward with the
front attachment at the front.
Without the front attachment: Travel in reverse, as il-
lustrated.
2. The centerline of the machine should be over the
centerline of the trailer.
3. Drive the machine onto the ramp slowly.
With the front attachment:
M107-06-021
• Position the bucket with its flat surface resting on
the trailer. Angle of the arm to boom should be 90 to
110°.
• Rest the bucket on the trailer just before the ma-
Less than 15°
chine begins to tip forward onto the trailer. Slowly
travel forward until the tracks are firmly on the
trailer.
M107-06-018
• Slightly raise the bucket. Keeping the arm tucked
under, slowly rotate the upperstructure 180°.
• Lower the bucket onto blocks.
M107-06-013
6-2
TRANSPORTING
4. Stop the engine. Remove key from switch.

5. Move the control levers several times until hydraulic
pressure in the cylinders is released.
6. Pull pilot control shut-off lever to LOCK position.
7. Close cab windows, roof vent and door, and cover the
exhaust opening, to prevent entry of wind and water.
NOTE: In cold weather, be sure to warm up the ma-

chine before loading or unloading it.
6-3
TRANSPORTING
Transporting
CAUTION: Fasten chains or cables to the ma-

chine frame. Do not place chains or cables over
or against the hydraulic lines or hoses.
1. Place blocks in front of and behind the tracks.

2. Fasten each corner of the machine and front at-
tachment to the trailer with a chain or cable.
M107-06-013
Unloading
CAUTION: The rear end of the flatbed where it

meets the ramp is a sudden bump. Take care
when traveling over it.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to the front

attachment. Always position the arm at
90° to the boom when unloading the
machine. Unloading the machine with
the arm tucked in may cause machine
M107-06-023
damage.
1. To move the machine over end of the trailer onto the

ramp, rest the flat surface of the bucket on the
ground. Angle of the arm to the boom should be 90
to 110°.
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to the hydrau-

lic cylinders. Do not allow the machine
to hit the ground hard with the bucket.
2. The bucket must be on the ground before the ma- M107-06-015
chine begins to tip forward.

3. As the machine moves forward, raise the boom and
extend the arm until the machine is completely off the
ramp.
6-4
TRANSPORTING
MACHINE LIFTING PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
1. Lifting wire ropes and other lifting tools can
break, possibly causing serious personal in-
jury. Do not use damaged or deteriorated wire
ropes or lifting tools.
2. Be sure to contact your authorized dealer for
correct lifting procedure, and size and kinds
of lifting wire ropes and lifting tools.
3. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the
LOCK position so that the machine does not
accidentally move while being lifted.
4. Incorrect lifting procedure and/or incorrect
wire rope attachment will cause the machine
to move (shift) while being lifted, resulting in
machine damage and/or personal injury.
5. Do not lift the machine quickly. Excessive
load will be applied to the lifting wire ropes
and/or lifting tools, possibly causing them to
break.
6. Do not allow anyone to come close to or un-
der the lifted machine.
7. The indicated gravity center is for the stan-
dard specification machine. The gravity center
will vary depending on the kinds of attach-
ments and/or optional equipment to be in-
stalled or their position to be taken. Therefore,
take care not to lose the balance of the ma-
chine while lifting.
1. Fully extend the arm and bucket cylinders. Lower the

boom until the bucket comes in contact with the Support
ground. Bar
Center of
2. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi- Gravity
tion.
A
3. Stop the engine. Remove the key from the key
switch.
4. Use wire ropes and support bar of sufficient length so
that they do not come in contact with the machine M178-06-001
while lifting.
Wrap some protectors around wire ropes and/or
support bar as required to prevent the machine from
being damaged.
5. Drive a crane to an appropriate position for lifting.
6. Thread the wire rope through and under both sides of
the track frames as illustrated. Attach the wire ropes
to the crane.
6-5
TRANSPORTING
BACKHOE (ZAXIS330)
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 1
CAUTION: When performing combined operation of

arm roll-in/bucket roll-in or when rolling in the bucket
with the arm fully retracted, be careful not to hit the
boom with the bucket teeth.
Weight : 30900 kg (68100 lb) A
C
M1HH-06-001
Arm
A B Shoe Width Overall Width Under Carriage Length Weight
Length
mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) mm (in) mm (ftxin) C mm (ftxin) kg (lb)
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 30800 (67900)
2660 11090 3470 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31300 (69000)
(8′ 9″) (36′ 5″) (11′ 5″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31700 (69900)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 31600 (69700)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 30900 (68100)
3200 10970 3230 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31400 (69200)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 12″) (10′ 7″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31800 (70100)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 31700 (69900)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 31000 (68300)
4000 11050 3570 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31600 (69700)
(13′ 1″) (36′ 3″) (11′ 9″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31900 (70300)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 31800 (70100)
6-6
TRANSPORTING
(ZAXIS330)
Weight : 29800 kg (65700 lb)
M1HH-06-002
C
Arm Length A B Shoe Width Overall Width Under Carriage Length Weight
mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) mm (in) mm (ftxin) C mm (ftxin) kg (lb)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 29700 (65500)
2660 11070 3370 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30200 (66600)
(8′ 9″) (36′ 5″) (11′ 1″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30600 (67500)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 30500 (67200)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 29800 (65700)
3200 10950 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30300 (66800)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 11″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30700 (67700)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 30600 (67500)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 29900 (65900)
4000 11030 3440 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30500 (67200)
(13′ 1″) (36′ 2″) (11′ 3″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 30800 (67900)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 30700 (67700)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
Bucket PCSA CECE mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) kg (lb)
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd )
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1170 (2580) STD
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1760 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1130 (2270) Super V
Hoe Bucket 1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.30) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1230 (4′ 0″) 1070 (2360)
1.62 (2.11) 1.40 (1.80) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1590 (5′ 3″) 1270 (2800)
1.86 (2.43) 1.60 (2.09) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1640 (5′ 5″) 1200 (2650)
Reinforced
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1390 (3060)
Bucket
1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.50) 1770 (5′ 10″) 1390 (4′ 7″) 1160 (3′ 10″) 1230 (2710)
Rock Bucket 1.38 (1.80) 1.20 (1.56) 1750 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1350 (4′ 5″) 1320 (2910) Super V
1.50 (1.96) 1.30 (1.70) 1750 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1450 (4′ 9″) 1390 (3060) Super V
Ripper
0.90 (1.18) 0.80 (1.05) 1950 (6′ 5″) 1380 (4′ 6″) 1010 (3′ 4″) 1490 (3290)
Bucket
One Point M140-06-003
― ― 2040 (6′ 8″) 1150 (3′ 9″) 550 (1′ 10″) 850 (1870)
Ripper
6-7
TRANSPORTING
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 3 (ZAXIS330)
Weight : 22900 kg (50500 lb)
A
M1HH-06-003
C
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 22800 (50300)
2660 10830 3370 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23300 (51400)
(8′ 9″) (35′ 6″) (11′ 1″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23700 (52200)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 23600 (52000)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 22900 (50500)
3200 10710 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23400 (51600)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 2″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23800 (52500)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 23000 (52200)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4640 (15′ 3″) 23600 (50700)
4000 10790 3440 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23600 (52000)
(13′ 1″) (35′ 5″) (11′ 3″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23900 (52700)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 23800 (52500)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd ) STD
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1170 (2580) Super V
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1760 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1130 (2270)
Hoe Bucket 1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.30) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1230 (4′ 0″) 1070 (2360)
1.62 (2.11) 1.40 (1.80) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1590 (5′ 3″) 1270 (2800)
1.86 (2.43) 1.60 (2.09) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1640 (5′ 5″) 1200 (2650)
Reinforced
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1390 (3060)
Bucket
1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.50) 1770 (5′ 10″) 1390 (4′ 7″) 1160 (3′ 10″) 1230 (2710)
1.50 (1.96) 1.30 (1.70) 1750 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1450 (4′ 9″) 1390 (3060) Super V
Ripper
0.90 (1.18) 0.80 (1.05) 1950 (6′ 5″) 1380 (4′ 6″) 1010 (3′ 4″) 1490 (3290)
Bucket M140-06-003
One Point
― ― 2040 (6′ 8″) 1150 (3′ 9″) 550 (1′ 10″) 850 (1870)
Ripper
Counterweight
(2′ 6″)
Weight Height
763
kg (lb) mm (ftxin)
Standard 6800 (15000) 1010 (3′ 4″)
Option 7550 (16600) 1010 (3′ 4″) 2948 (9′ 8″)
M173-05-009
6-8
TRANSPORTING
BACKHOE (ZAXIS330LC)

Weight : 31500 kg (69400 lb) A
C
M1HH-06-001
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 31400 (69200)
2660 11090 3470 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32000 (70500)
(8′ 9″) (36′ 5″) (11′ 5″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32300 (71200)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 32200 (71000)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 31500 (69400)
3200 10970 3230 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32100 (70800)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 12″) (10′ 7″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32500 (71700)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 32400 (71400)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 31600 (70000)
4000 11050 3570 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32200 (71000)
(13′ 1″) (36′ 3″) (11′ 9″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32600 (71900)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 32500 (71700)
6-9
TRANSPORTING
(ZAXIS330LC)
Weight : 30400 kg (67000 lb)
A
M1HH-06-002
C
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 30300 (66800)
2660 11070 3370 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 30900 (68100)
(8′ 9″) (36′ 4″) (11′ 1″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″)) 31200 (68800)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 31100 (68600)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 30400 (67000)
3200 10950 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 31000 (68300)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 11″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 31400 (69200)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 31300 (69000)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 30500 (67200)
4000 11030 3440 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 31100 (68600)
(13′ 1″) (36′ 2″) (11′ 3″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 31500 (69400)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 31400 (69200)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd )
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1170 (2580) STD
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1760 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1130 (2270) Super V
Hoe Bucket 1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.30) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1230 (4′ 0″) 1070 (2360)
1.62 (2.11) 1.40 (1.80) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1590 (5′ 3″) 1270 (2800)
1.86 (2.43) 1.60 (2.09) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1640 (5′ 5″) 1200 (2650)
Reinforced
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1390 (3060)
Bucket
1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.50) 1770 (5′ 10″) 1390 (4′ 7″) 1160 (3′ 10″) 1230 (2710)
1.50 (1.96) 1.30 (1.70) 1750 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1450 (4′ 9″) 1390 (3060) Super V
Ripper
0.90 (1.18) 0.80 (1.05) 1950 (6′ 5″) 1380 (4′ 6″) 1010 (3′ 4″) 1490 (3290)
Bucket
One Point M140-06-003
― ― 2040 (6′ 8″) 1150 (3′ 9″) 550 (1′ 10″) 850 (1870)
Ripper
6-10
TRANSPORTING
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 3 (ZAXIS330LC)
Weight : 23500 kg (51800 lb)
A
M1HH-06-003
C
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 23400 (51600)
2660 10830 3370 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24000 (52900)
(8′ 9″) (35′ 6″) (11′ 1″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24400 (53800)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 24300 (53600)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 23500 (51800)
3200 10710 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24100 (53100)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 2″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24500 (54000)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 24400 (53800)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4940 (16′ 2″) 23600 (52000)
4000 10790 3440 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24300 (53600)
(13′ 1″) (35′ 5″) (11′ 3″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24600 (54200)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 24500 (54000)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd ) STD
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1170 (2580) Super V
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1760 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1130 (2270)
Hoe Bucket 1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.30) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1230 (4′ 0″) 1070 (2360)
1.62 (2.11) 1.40 (1.80) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1590 (5′ 3″) 1270 (2800)
1.86 (2.43) 1.60 (2.09) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1640 (5′ 5″) 1200 (2650)
Reinforced
1.40 (1.80) 1.20 (1.57) 1730 (5′ 8″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1410 (4′ 8″) 1390 (3060)
Bucket
1.15 (1.50) 1.00 (1.50) 1770 (5′ 10″) 1390 (4′ 7″) 1160 (3′ 10″) 1230 (2710)
1.50 (1.96) 1.30 (1.70) 1750 (5′ 9″) 1400 (4′ 7″) 1450 (4′ 9″) 1390 (3060) Super V
Ripper
0.90 (1.18) 0.80 (1.05) 1950 (6′ 5″) 1380 (4′ 6″) 1010 (3′ 4″) 1490 (3290)
Bucket M140-06-003
One Point
― ― 2040 (6′ 8″) 1150 (3′ 9″) 550 (1′ 10″) 850 (1870)
Ripper
Counterweight
(2′ 6″)
Weight Height
763
kg (lb) mm (ftxin)
Standard 6800 (15000) 1010 (3′ 4″)
Option 7550 (16600) 1010 (3′ 4″) 2948 (9′ 8″)
M173-05-009
6-11
TRANSPORTING
BACKHOE (ZAXIS350H)

Weight : 32800 kg (72300 lb) A
C
M1HH-06-001
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 32800 (72300)
3200 10970 3230 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 33100 (73000)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 12″) (10′ 7″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 33500 (73900)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 33400 (73600)
6-12
TRANSPORTING
(ZAXIS350H)
Weight : 31500 kg (69500 lb)
M1HH-06-002
C
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31500 (69400)
3200 10950 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 31800 (70100)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 11″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 32200 (71000)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 32100 (70800)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
6-13
TRANSPORTING
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 3 (ZAXIS350H)
Weight : 23900 kg (52700 lb)
M173-05-003
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 23900 (52700)
3200 10710 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 24300 (53600)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 2″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4650 (15′ 3″) 24600 (54200)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4660 (15′ 4″) 24500 (54000)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
PCSA CECE A B Width Weight
Bucket
(Heaped) (Heaped) mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) mm (ftxin) kg (lb)
3 3 3 3
m (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
Counterweight
Weight Height
(2′ 6″)
763
kg (lb) mm (ftxin)
Standard 7550 (16600) 1010 (3′ 4″)
2948 (9′ 8″)
M173-05-009
6-14
TRANSPORTING
BACKHOE (ZAXIS350LCH)

Weight : 33300 kg (73400 lb) A
C
M1HH-06-001
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 33300 (73400)
3200 10970 3230 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 33800 (74500)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 12″) (10′ 7″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 34200 (75400)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 34100 (75200)
6-15
TRANSPORTING
(ZAXIS350LCH)
Weight : 32000 kg (70500 lb)
M1HH-06-002
C
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32000 (70500)
3200 10950 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32500 (71700)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 11″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 32800 (72300)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 32700 (72100)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
6-16
TRANSPORTING
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 3 (ZAXIS350LCH)
Weight : 24400 kg (53800 lb)
A
M1HH-06-003
Arm
Length
mm (ftxin)
600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24400 (53800)
3200 10710 3210 700 (28″) Grouser Shoe 3290 (10′ 10″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 24900 (54900)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 2″) (10′ 6″) 800 (31″) Grouser Shoe 3390 (11′ 1″) 4950 (16′ 3″) 25300 (55800)
600 (24″) Flat Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 4960 (16′ 4″) 25200 (55600)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
Bucket
3 3 3 3
m (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
Counterweight
Weight Height
(2′ 6″)
763
kg (lb) mm (ftxin)
Standard 7550 (16600) 1010 (3′ 4″)
2948 (9′ 8″)
M173-05-009
6-17
TRANSPORTING
BACKHOE (ZAXIS370MTH)

Weight : 36200 kg (79800 lb) A
C
M1HH-06-004
rm Length A B Shoe Width Overall Width Under Carriage Length Weight

3200 10930 3380 600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3580 (11′ 9″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 36200 (79800)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 10″) (11′ 1″) 750 (30″) Grouser Shoe 3660 (12′ 0″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 37300 (82200)
6-18
TRANSPORTING
(ZAXIS370MTH)
Weight : 34800 kg (76700 lb)
M1HH-06-005

3200 10930 3380 600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3580 (11′ 9″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 34800 (76700)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 10″) (11′ 1″) 750 (30″) Grouser Shoe 3660 (12′ 0″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 35900 (79100)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
A B Width Weight
(Heaped) (Heaped)
3 3 3
m3 (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
6-19
TRANSPORTING
Packing Dimensions and Weights for Transportation - 3 (ZAXIS370MTH)
Weight : 27300 kg (60200 lb)
A
M1HH-06-006

3200 10680 3380 600 (24″) Grouser Shoe 3190 (10′ 6″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 27300 (60200)
(10′ 6″) (35′ 1″) (11′ 1″) 750 (30″) Grouser Shoe 3340 (10′ 11″) 5060 (16′ 7″) 28300 (62400)
Bucket
Bucket Capacity
Bucket
3 3 3 3
m (yd ) m (yd )
M140-06-003
Counterweight
Weight Height
kg (lb) mm (ftxin)
(2′ 6″)
763
Standard 7550 (16600) 1010 (3′ 4″)
2948 (9′ 8″)
M173-05-009
6-20
TRANSPORTING
Side Step
Weight Maximum Height
425 (1'5")
kg (lb) mm (in)
20 (44) 125 (5)
1970 (6'6")
326 (1'1")
1930 (6'4")
M1HH-06-007
Cab Handrail
Weight width
135 (5.'3")
kg (lb) mm (in) 560 (1'10") 1220 (4'0")
A 4 (13) 150 (53) A
B 2 150 (53)
B
Mounting Bolts
Tool: 17 mm
1470 (4'10")
Torque: 50 N·m (5 kgf·m, 36 lbf·ft)
M1HH-06-010
6-21
TRANSPORTING
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
6-22
MAINTENANCE
CORRECT MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
PROCEDURES
Learn how to service your machine correctly. Follow the

correct maintenance and inspection procedures shown in
this manual.
Inspect machine daily before starting.

• Check controls and instruments.
• Check coolant, fuel and oil levels.
• Check for leaks, kinked, frayed or damaged hoses
and lines. SA-005
• Walk around machine checking general appearance,

noise, heat, etc.
• Check for loose or missing parts.
If there is any problem with your machine, repair it before

operating or contact your authorized dealer.
IMPORTANT: y Use only recommended fuel and lu-

bricants.
y Use only genuine HITACHI parts.
y Failure to use recommended fuel, lu-
bricants, and genuine Hitachi parts
will result in loss of Hitachi product
warranty.
y Never adjust engine governor or hy-
draulic system relief valve.
y Protect electrical parts from water and
steam.
y Never disassemble electrical compo-
nents such as main controller, sen-
sors, etc.
7-1
MAINTENANCE
CHECK THE HOUR METER REGULARLY
• Determine when to check and maintain the machine

according to the operation hours indicated by the hour
meter, trip meter 1, or trip meter 2. Refer to pages 1-7,
1-8 and 1-9 for the indication by the hour meter, trip
meter 1, and trip meter 2 and application of trip meter
1
1 and trip meter 2.
• Intervals on the periodic maintenance chart are for
operating in normal conditions. If you operate your
machine in more adverse conditions, you should ser-
vice it at SHORTER INTERVALS.
• Lubricate, make service checks and adjustments at
intervals shown on periodic maintenance chart located
on the inside of the tool box cover (and on the follow-
ing pages).
• Replace lubricants and elements when the operation
hour in the hour meter, trip meter 1 or trip meter 2
shows the recommended replacement time, or when
performing the regular inspection such as daily or
monthly inspection.
M178-01-142
USE CORRECT FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
IMPORTANT: Always use recommended fuels and lu-

bricants.
Failure to do so will result in machine
damage and loss of Hitachi product war-
ranty.
7-2
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE GUIDE TABLE
The maintenance guide table is affixed to the reverse side

of the tool box cover. Lubricate and/or service the parts at
the intervals as instructed in the table so that all necessary
maintenance can be performed regularly.
• Symbol Marks
The following marks are used in the maintenance guide
table.
Grease Hydraulic Oil Filter

(Front Joint Pin, Swing Bearing, Swing (Pilot Filter, Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter,
Gear) Suction Filter)
Gear Oil
(Travel Reduction Device, Swing Re- Air Cleaner Element
duction Device)
Coolant
Engine Oil
(Long-Life Coolant)
Fuel Filter
Engine Oil Filter
(Fuel Filter Cartridge)
Hydraulic Oil
7-3
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Guide Table
1 1 6 4 4
1
1
1
2
9
8
1
4 5 3 1
SS2046877
Item Page Item Page

1 Engine Oil 7-17 9 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Main) 7-32
2 Coolant (Long-Life Coolant) 7-48 10 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Pilot) 7-33
3 Grease 7-14 11 Engine Oil Filter 7-17
4 Grease 7-12 12 Gear Oil (Pump Transmission) 7-20
5 Grease 7-15 13 Fuel Filter 7-43
6 Hydraulic Oil 7-27 14 Gear Oil (Swing Device) 7-21
7 Gear Oil (Travel Device) 7-22 15 Air Cleaner Element 7-46
8 Hydraulic Oil Filter (Suction) 7-29
7-4
MAINTENANCE
PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE
Before performing the maintenance procedures given in

the following chapters, park the machine as described be-
low, unless otherwise specified.

M104-07-021
3. Turn the auto-idle/auto acceleration selector switch
off.
1
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the

4. Run the engine at slow idle speed without load for

five minutes.
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove key from switch.
(If maintenance must be performed with engine run-
ning, do not leave machine unattended.)
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever (1) to the LOCK
position. M178-01-052
7. Before performing any work on the machine, attach a

“Do Not Operate” tag on the right control lever.
SA-287
7-5
MAINTENANCE
HOOD AND ACCESS COVERS 1
CAUTION:
1. Do not keep the hood and access covers open
when the machine is parked on a slope, or
while the wind is blowing hard. The hood or
access covers may close accidentally, possi-
bly resulting in personal injury.
2. When opening or closing the hood and ac-
cess covers, take extra care not to catch
fingers between the base machine and the
hood or access covers.
• Remove locks (2 used) to open the engine access Engine Cover M178-07-001
cover. Holding the handle on the access cover, raise

the cover until the cover is secured with catch (1). 3
• After opening the right and/or left access cover, be
sure to insert rod (2) into cover lock hole (3) to hold 2
the cover.
• When opening the rear left cover, open the front left
cover first. Then, pull to open the rear left cover as il-
lustrated.
Right Cover
3 M178-07-002
Front Left Cover M178-07-003
Rear Left Cover M178-07-005

Rear Left Cover M178-07-004
7-6
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
To ensure safe operation, be sure to conduct periodic in-

spection of the machine. In addition, the parts listed below,
if defective, may pose serious safety/fire hazards. It is very
difficult to gauge the extent of deterioration, fatigue, or
weakening of the parts listed below simply by visual in-
spection alone. For this reason, replace these parts at the
intervals shown in the table below. However, if any of these
parts are found to be defective, replace before starting op-
eration, regardless of the interval.
Also, when replacing hoses, check the clamps for defor-
mation, cracks, or other deterioration, and replace as
necessary.
Be sure to perform periodic inspection of all hoses, as
shown below, and replace or retighten any defective parts
found, as necessary.
Consult your authorized dealer for correct replacement.
Replacement
Periodic Replacement Parts
Intervals
Fuel hose (Fuel tank to filter) Every 2 years
Fuel hose (Fuel tank to injection pump) Every 2 years
Engine
Oil filter hose (Engine to oil filter) Every 2 years
Heater hose (Heater to engine) Every 2 years
Pump suction hose Every 2 years
Base Machine
Pump delivery hose Every 2 years
Hydraulic Swing hose Every 2 years
System Boom cylinder line hose Every 2 years
Front Arm cylinder line hose Every 2 years
Attachment Bucket cylinder line hose Every 2 years
Pilot hose Every 2 years
NOTE: Be sure to replace seals, such as O-rings and

gaskets, when replacing hoses.
7-7
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE GUIDE
A. GREASING (See Page 7-11)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Front Joint Bucket and Link Pins 9
Pins Others 11
2. Swing Bearing 2
3. Swing Internal Gear 1
NOTE: Maintenance required when operating in water or mud and under extreamely severe condition.
Maintenance required only during first time check.
Check and add grease.
IMPORTANT: Grease bucket and link pivots every day until break-in operation (50 hours) is complete.
When a bucket without play adjustment devices, such as the slope finishing bucket and V
type bucket, or any bucket other than the Hitachi genuine bucket is used, grease the two
bucket connecting pins every 100 hours.
B. ENGINE (See Page 7-18)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Engine Oil Oil Level Check 1
2. Engine Oil Change 36.0 L (9.5 US gal)
3. Engine Oil Filter Replacement 1
C. TRANSMISSION (See Page 7-21)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Pump Transmis- Oil Level Check 1
sion Change 1.4 L (1.5 US qt)
2. Swing Reduction Oil Level Check 1
Gear Change 17 L (4.5 US gal)
Oil Level Check 2
ZAXIS330,
330LC, 9.2 L×2
3. Travel Reduction
350H, (2.4 US gal×2)
Gear Change
350 LCH
ZAXIS 11.5 L×2
370MTH (3.0 US gal×2)
7-8
MAINTENANCE
D. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM (See Page 7-26)
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 1500 2500 4000
1. Check Hydraulic Oil Level 1
2. Drain Hydraulic Oil Tank Sump 1
3. Change Hydraulic Oil 320 L (84.5 US gal)
4. Suction Filter Cleaning 1 When changing hydraulic oil
5. Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter 1
6. Replace Pilot Oil Filter 1
7. Check for leaks -
Hoses and
for cracks, bend, etc. -
Lines
NOTE: Hydraulic oil changing interval differs according to the kind of hydraulic oil used.
See recommended oil chart.
E. FUEL SYSTEM (See Page 7-41) Tank capacity: 560 liter (148 US gal)
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Drain Fuel Tank Sump 1
2. Check Water Separator 1
3. Replace Fuel Filter 1
4. Clean Feed Pump Strainer 1
5. Check Fuel for leaks, cracks, etc. —
Hoses for cracks, bend, etc. —
F. AIR CLEANER (See Page 7-48)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Air Cleaner Cleaning 1 (Or when indicator lit)
Outer Element Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or 1 year
2. Air Cleaner In-
ner Element Replacement 1 When outer element is replaced
(Opt.)
G. COOLING SYSTEM (See Page 7-50)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Check Coolant Level 1
2. Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension 1
3. Change Coolant 35.0 L (9.2 US gal) Twice a year 1
4. Clean Radiator and Oil Outside 1 2
Cooler Core Inside 1 When changing coolant
5. Clean Oil Cooler Front Screen 1 2
6. Clean Air Conditioner Condenser (Opt.) 1 2
7. Clean Inter Cooler Front Screen (Opt.) 1 2
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.) 1 2
NOTE: Maintenance required only during first time check.
1 When genuine coolant is used, replace every two years or 4000 operating hours, whichever comes
first.
2 Shorten the maintenance interval when the machine is operated in dusty areas.
7-9
MAINTENANCE
H. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (See Page 7-55)
I. MISCELLANEOUS (See Page 7-60)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000
1. Check Bucket Teeth for Wear and
—
Looseness
2. Change Bucket — As required
3. Convert Bucket Connection Into Face
— As required
Shovel
4. Adjust Bucket Linkage 1 As required
5. Remove Travel Levers 2 As required
6. Check and Replace Seat Belt 1 Every 3 years (Replace)
7. Check Windshield Fluid Level 1 As required
8. Check Track Sag 2
Circulating Air Cleaning 1
9. Check Air
Filter Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or so
Conditioner
Cleaning 1
Filter (Opt.) Fresh Air Filter
Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or so
10. Check Air Conditioner (Opt.) —
11. Clean Cab Floor — As required
12. Check Injection Nozzle —
13. Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt — As required
14. Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance —
15. Check Fuel Injection Timing — As required
16. Measure Engine Compression Pres-
—
sure
17. Check Starter and Alternator —
18. Change Water Pump Grease —
19. Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and
—
Nuts

Contract your authorized dealer for maintenance.
7-10
MAINTENANCE
A. GREASING
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
Bucket and Link
9
1. Front Joint Pins Pins
Others 11
2. Swing Bearing 2
3. Swing Internal Gear 1
NOTE: Maintenance required when operating in water or mud and under extreamely severe condition.
Maintenance required only during first time check.
Check and add grease.
IMPORTANT: Grease bucket and link pivots every day until break-in operation (50 hours) is complete.
When a bucket without play adjustment devices, such as the slope finishing bucket and V
type bucket, or any bucket other than the Hitachi genuine bucket is used, grease the two
bucket connecting pins every 100 hours.
1
1
3
M178-01-044
Where to be Bucket, Arm and Boom, Swing Gear,

applied Swing Bearing, etc.
Manufacturer –20 to 40 °C (–4 to 104 °F)
Nippon Koyu SEP 2 1
British Petroleum BP Energrease LS-EP2
Caltex Oil Multifax EP2
Esso Beacon EP2
Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Coronex Grease EP2
Mobil Oil Mobilux EP2
Nippon Oil Epinoc Grease AP2
Shell Oil Shell Alvania EP2 2
NOTE: The machine shipped from the factory is filled
with lubricants marked with .
1 Swing Gear
2 Front Joint Pin and Swing Bearing
7-11
MAINTENANCE
Front Joint Pins
Bucket and Link Pins --- every 500 hours
Others --- every 500 hours

M178-07-007
• Boom Foot
M157-07-155
• Boom Cylinder Bottom
M157-07-156
7-12
MAINTENANCE
• Boom and Arm Joint Pin, Arm Cylinder Rod Pin and
Bucket Cylinder Bottom Pin.
M157-07-157
• Boom Cylinder Rod Pins and Arm Cylinder Bottom Pin.

(Centralized greasing system)
M157-07-155
7-13
MAINTENANCE
Swing Bearing --- every 500 hours
CAUTION: Lubricating both the swing bearing

and gear and rotating the upperstructure must be
done by one person. Before you lubricate the
swing bearing, clear the area of all persons.
Each time you leave the cab

y Lower the bucket to the ground.
y Stop the engine.
y Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the
LOCK position.
y Use handrails. M157-07-159


five minutes.
5. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key from the
key switch.
tion.
7. With the upperstructure stationary, apply grease via
the two grease fittings.
8. Start the engine. Raise the bucket several inches off
the ground and rotate the upperstructure 45° (1/8
turn).
10. Repeat the procedure three times, beginning with
step 3.
11. Apply grease to the swing bearing until grease can
be seen escaping from the swing bearing seals.
Grease capacity: 0.40 L (0.42 US qt)
12. Take care not to supply excessive grease.
7-14
MAINTENANCE
Swing Internal Gear --- every 500 hours
CAUTION: Adding or changing swing internal

gear grease and rotating the upperstructure must
be done by one person. Before you start, clear
the area of all persons.
Each time you leave the cab

y Lower the bucket to the ground.
y Stop the engine.
y Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the
LOCK position.
y Use handrails.


five minutes.
key switch.
tion.
7. Open the tool box cover on the upperstructure and 1
remove cover (1).
8. Grease must be to the top of all internal gear teeth of
the swing bearing and be free of contamination.
Add approximately 0.5 kg (1.1 lb) of grease, if re-
quired. If the grease is contaminated, remove grease
and replace with clean grease. M173-07-015
IMPORTANT: If water or mud is found in the swing 2

gear area, see Operating in Water or Mud
in the “Driving the Machine” section.
9. Install the cover.

10. If grease shows any sign of water or mud, replace all
the grease on the internal gear.
Remove cover (2) from the bottom of the swing gear
housing, located near the center joint.
Grease capacity: 16 L (4.2 US gal)

M157-07-161
7-15
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATOR
(ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH, ZAXIS370MTH)
8
(ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC: If Equipped)
2
1. Lubricator Operation
(1) Turn power switch (8) ON to activate the pump.
Grease is sucked up and supplied to high-pressure
grease gun (3).
1
IMPORTANT: When the pump begins to suck grease,

any air inside pump (1) will be mixed in,
M111-07-011
making grease turn whitish. Open check
valve cock (2) to bleed this air-mixed
grease. Securely close check valve cock
(2) when all air-mixed grease is bled out.
(2) Get high-pressure grease gun (3) and pay out the
hose from hose reel (4) to the length required.
(3) Press hydro-chuck (5) protruding from

high-pressure grease gun (3) into a grease nipple
and pull the lever to discharge grease.
5
(4) Release the lever when greasing is complete; 6
grease discharge will stop. 3
IMPORTANT: When detaching hydro-chuck (5) from

grease nipple (7), grease nipple (7) tip
may break unless a special care, is taken,
as follows:
• Tilt nozzle (6) a little so as to release
the connecting pressure applied to
hydro-chuck (5).
• Slowly detach hydro-chuck (5) from 4
nipple (7). M111-07-012
(5) When all greasing work is complete, turn power

switch (8) OFF, then pull grease gun lever to
5
release remaining pressure from grease gun (3),
pump (1), and the hose so as to ensure long life of
the components. A little grease will be discharged
at this time.
NOTE: The hose has a limited service life. Periodically

inspect the hose for cracks, grease leakage, or 7
any other damage. If any damage is found,
replace the hose.
M111-07-013
7-16
MAINTENANCE
2. Grease Container Replacement
1
When the grease container becomes empty, follow
the procedure below to replace it:
IMPORTANT: When replacing the grease container, be

sure that no sand or debris sticks to
suction tube (5) or to follower plate (3).
(3) 7
If foreign matter, such as sand, gets into
grease, damage to the pump and to 6
parts being lubricated will result. If 2
follower plate (3) is not correctly
5
positioned inside the container, the
pump may not suck grease, even with
grease remaining in the container.
3
Reposition the plate correctly if this
happens.
4
(1) Loosen wing nuts (2) located on pail cover (7).
Remove the pump assembly (pump (1), pail cover
(7), and suction tube (5)) and follower plate (3) from M111-07-014
the empty grease container (4).
(2) Remove the cover from the new grease container. 3
(3) Apply grease to the back of follower plate (3) to fill 4

concaved sections; this will prevent air from mixing
into the grease contents.
(4) Place follower plate (3) flat on the grease contents

in the container. Using both hands, press follower
plate (3) down while moving both hands back and
forth along the periphery of the container inside, as M111-07-087
illustrated, until grease comes out of seal packing
(6) hole.
IMPORTANT: Be careful not to damage seal packing

(6) by the end of suction tube (5) when
inserting it.
(5) Slowly insert suction tube (5) (the pump assembly)

into the grease contents via the seal packing hole.
(6) Be sure that pail cover (7) correctly settles on the

container. Equally tighten each wing nut (2) to pail
cover (7) to securely attach the pump assembly
onto the container.
7-17
MAINTENANCE
B. ENGINE
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Engine Oil Oil Level Check 1
2. Engine Oil Change 36.0 L (9.5 US gal)
3. Engine Oil Filter Replacement 1
Recommended Engine Oil

Depending upon the expected air temperature
range between oil changes, use the oil viscosity
shown on the temperature chart below.
API CD Class
SAE 30 or equivalent (both summer and winter)
High temperature areas, SAE 40 or equivalent
Low temperature areas, SAE 10W or equivalent
Brand Names of Recommended Engine Oil

Kind of Oil Engine Oil
Application Engine Crank Case Fuel Injection Pump and
Air Governor
Temp. –20 to 0 °C –10 to 35 °C 25 to 40 °C
Manufacturer (–4 to 32 °F) (14 to 95 °F) (77 to 104 °F)
British Petro- BP Vanellus C3
leum 10W 30 40
RPM DELO 300 Oil
Caltex Oil
10W 30 40
Essolube D-3
Esso
10W 30 40
Apolloil diesel motive
S-310 S-330 S-340
Idemitsu Kosan –15 to 40 °C (5 to 104 °F)
Apolloil custom wide 15W-40
Apolloil super wide 15W-40
Mobil Delvac
Mobil Oil
1310 1330 1340
Hidiesel S 3
Nippon Oil –20 to 35 °C (–4 to 95 °F) –10 to 40 °C (14 to 104 °F)
10W-30 15W-40
Shell Rymla D
Shell Oil
10W 30 40
NOTE: The machine shipped from the factory is filled with lubricants marked
with .
7-18
MAINTENANCE
1 2
Engine Oil Level --- check daily
IMPORTANT: For most accurate readings, check the

oil level every day before starting the
machine. Be sure the machine is on a
level surface.
1. Remove dipstick (1). Wipe oil off with a clean cloth.

Reinsert dipstick (1).
2. Remove dipstick (1) again. Read level. Oil level must
be between the circle marks.
3. If necessary, add oil via oil filler cap (2).
Be sure to use only recommended oil (see Recom-
mended Engine Oil Chart). M1HH-07-005
NOTE: Checking the oil level immediately after shut

down will result in inaccurate readings.
Be sure to allow the oil to settle for at least 10
minutes before checking. Max.
Min.
M178-07-011
Change Engine Oil --- every 500 hours
Replace Engine Oil Filter

--- every 500 hours
1. Run the engine to warm oil.

DO NOT run the engine until oil is hot.


five minutes.
key switch.
tion.
7-19
MAINTENANCE
CAUTION: Engine oil may be hot. Take extra care

to avoid burns.
3
8. Remove drain plug (4). Allow oil to drain through a
clean cloth into a 50 liter (13 US gal) container. 4
9. After all oil has drained, inspect cloth for any debris
such as small pieces of metal.
10. Install and tighten drain plug (4).
11. Open the right access cover and secure the cover
with rod (6).
Engine oil filter location
: next to the pump device
M1HH-07-023
12. Remove the filter cartridges of engine oil filter (5) by
turning it counterclockwise with the filter wrench.
13. Clean the filter gasket contact area on the engine.
14. Apply a thin film of clean oil to the gasket of the new
filter. Oil Pan
15. Install new filter. Turn the filter cartridge clockwise by

hand until the gasket touches the contact area. Be
Clean Cloth
sure not to damage the gasket when installing the fil-
Container
ter.
16. Tighten engine oil filter (5) 3/4 to 1 turn more using
the filter wrench.
Be careful not to overtighten. M104-07-010
17. Remove the oil filler cap. Fill the engine with recom- 5
mended oil. Check that oil level is between the circle
marks on the dipstick after 15 minutes.
Engine oil capacity: 36.0 L (9.5 US gal)
18. Install the oil filler cap.

19. Start the engine. Run the engine at slow idle for 5
minutes.
20. Check that the engine oil pressure indicator on the 6
monitor panel goes out immediately. If not, stop the
engine immediately and find the cause. M178-07-002
switch.
22. Check for any leakage at the drain plug.
23. Check oil level on the dipstick.
NOTE: Don’t re-use the cartridge element
7-20
MAINTENANCE
C. TRANSMISSION
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Pump Oil Level Check 1
Transmission Change 1.4 L (1.5 US qt)
2. Swing Oil Level Check 1
Reduction
Gear Change 17 L (4.5 US gal)
Oil Level Check 2
3. Travel ZAXIS330,
9.2 L × 2
Reduction 330LC, 350H,
(2.4 US gal × 2)
Gear Change 350 LCH
ZAXIS370 11.5 L×2
MTH (3.0 US gal×2)
3
M178-01-044
Brand Names of Recommended Oil
Application Swing and Travel Reduction Gear Pump Transmission
Kind of Oil Gear oil Engine Oil or Gear Oil (shown in left column)
Air Temp. –20 to 40 °C –10 to 35 °C –25 to 40 °C
–20 to 40 °C (–4 to 104 °F) (–4 to 104 °F) (14 to 95 °F) (77 to 104 °F)
Manufacturer BP Vanellus C3
British Petroleum BP Gear oil SAE90EP
30 40
RPM DELO 300 Oil
Caltex Oil Universal Thuban SAE 90
30 40
Essolube D-3
Esso Esso Gear Oil 80W-90, 85W-90
30 40
Apolloil super wide Apolloil diesel motive
Idemitsu Kosan Apollo Gear HE90
15W-40 S-330 S-340
Mobil Delvac
Mobil Oil Mobilube GX90
1330 1340
Gear Lube SP90 (Swing and travel Hidiesel S3
reduction device) 2 –20 to 35 °C
Nippon Oil
SP80W-90 (Pump Transmission ‘only’) 15W-40 1 (–4 to 95 °F)
1 10W-30
Shell Rymla D
Shell Oil Shell Spirax EP90
30 40
Remarks API GL 4 Class API CD Class
2 Gear oil for swing and travel reduction
NOTE: The machine shipped from the factory is filled
with oil marked . device
1 Engine oil or gear oil for pump transmission Engine/gear oil can be used for pump trans-
mission.
7-21
MAINTENANCE
Pump Transmission
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the M104-07-021
engine is not properly shut down. 2

five minutes.
switch.
tion.
1
7. Remove dipstick (1). Oil must be within the specified
range. 3
8. If necessary, remove filler plug (2) and add oil. (See
gear oil chart)
9. Recheck oil level.
M110-07-015
Change Oil --- every 1000 hours

IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the Clean Cloth
Container
five minutes.
M104-07-010
switch.
tion.
CAUTION: Oil may be hot. Wait for oil to cool Specified Range
before starting work.
1
7. Remove filler plug (2).
8. Remove drain plug (3). Allow oil to drain through a
clean cloth into a 2 liter (0.52 US gal) container.
9. After all oil has drained, inspect cloth for any debris
such as small pieces of metal. M110-07-016
10. Reinstall the drain plug (3).

11. Add oil via filler plug (2) until it is within the specified
range on dipstick (1).
12. Reinstall filler plug (2).
7-22
MAINTENANCE
Swing Reduction Gear
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours

3. Turn the auto-idle switch off. 1
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the 2

five minutes.
switch. M164-07-004

tion.
7. Remove dipstick (1). Oil must be between marks.
8. If necessary, remove oil filler cap (2) and add oil.
(See gear oil chart) Specified Range
9. Recheck oil level.

M104-07-017
Change Gear Oil --- every 1000 hours

1
2
five minutes.
switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi- M164-07-004
tion.
CAUTION: Gear oil may be hot. Wait for gear oil

to cool before starting work.
7. Remove the drain plug mounted on the end of drain

pipe to drain oil.
8. Reinstall the drain plug.
9. Remove oil filler cap (2) and add oil until it is between
the marks on dipstick (1).
10. Reinstall the oil filler cap.
7-23
MAINTENANCE
Air Release Plug 1
Travel Reduction Gear (Oil Supply Plug)
Check Oil Level --- every 250 hours Oil Level Check
Plug 2
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Horizontal Oil Level
2. Rotate the travel motor until the imaginary line
through plug (1) and plug (3) is vertical.
4. Turn the auto-idle switch off. Drain Plug 3
IMPORTANT: The turbocharger may be damaged if the M107-07-096
1
five minutes.
2
switch.
tion.
3
CAUTION: Keep body and face away from the air
release plug. Gear oil is hot. Wait for gear oil to
cool and then gradually loosen the air release
plug to release pressure. M157-07-170
8. After gear oil has cooled, slowly loosen air release

plug (1) to release pressure.
9. Remove air release plug (1) and oil level check plug
(2). Oil must be up to the bottom of hole.
10. If necessary, add oil until oil flows out of the oil level
check plug hole. (See gear oil chart)
11. Wrap the plug threads with sealing-type tape. Install
plugs (1) and (2).
Tighten plugs (1) and (2) to 50 Nxm (5.1 kgfxm, 37
lbfxft).
12. Check the gear oil level in the other travel reduction
gear.
7-24
MAINTENANCE
Change Gear Oil --- every 2000 hours
1. Park the machine on a level surface. 1
2. Rotate the travel motor until the imaginary line

through plug (1) and plug (3) is vertical.
2
3

M157-07-170
five minutes.
switch.
tion.
CAUTION: Keep body and face away from the air

release plug. Gear oil is hot. Wait for gear oil to
cool and then gradually loosen the air release
plug to release pressure.
8. After gear oil has cooled, slowly loosen air release

plug (1) to release pressure, and temporarily re-
tighten plug (1).
9. Remove drain plug (3) and plug (1), in that order, to
drain oil.
10. Clean drain plug (3). Wrap the threads of the drain
plug with sealing-type tape. Install the plug.
Tighten the plug to 50 Nxm (5.1 kgfxm, 37 lbfxft).
11. Remove oil level check plug (2).
12. Add oil until oil flows out of the oil level check plug
hole. (See gear oil chart)
13. Clean plugs (1) and (2). Wrap the threads of oil level
check plug (2) and air release plug (1) with seal-
ing-type tape. Reinstall the plugs.
Tighten the plugs to 50 Nxm (5.1 kgfxm, 37 lbfxft).
14. Repeat steps 8. to 13. for the other travel reduction
gear.
7-25
MAINTENANCE
D. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 1500 2500 4000
1. Check Hydraulic Oil Level 1
2. Drain Hydraulic Oil Tank Sump 1
3. Change Hydraulic Oil 320 L (84.5 US gal)
4. Suction Filter Cleaning 1 When changing hydraulic oil
5. Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter 1
6. Replace Pilot Oil Filter 1
7. Check for leaks —
Hoses
for cracks, bend, etc. —
and Lines
NOTE: Hydraulic oil changing intervals differ according to kind of hydraulic oils used. See recommended oil
chart.
1 2 3
4 5
M178-01-044
Brand Names of Recommended Hydraulic Oil
Kind of Lubricant Hydraulic Oil
Where to be applied Hydraulic System
Change Interval 4000 hours 2500 hours 1500 hours
Environmental
–20 to 40°C –10 to 40°C –20 to 40°C –10 to 40°C –20 to 40°C –10 to 40°C
Temp.
(–4 to 104°F) (14 to 104°F) (–4 to 104°F) (14 to 104°F) (–4 to 104°F) (14 to 104°F)
Manufacturer
Hitachi Super EX 46HN
Idemitsu Kosan Super Hydro 46 WRHU
British Petroleum Bartran HV46
Rando Oil
Caltex Oil
HD46
Rando Oil
Texaco INC.
HD46
Chevron U.S.A INC. Chevron AW46
Esso NUTO H46
Mobil Oil DTE 25
Shell Oil Tellus Oil S46 Tellus Oil 46
Remarks Anti-wear type hydraulic oil
NOTE: Use proper hydraulic oil in accordance with the atmospheric temperature.
The machine shipped from the factory is filled with oil marked .
7-26
MAINTENANCE
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF HY-
DRAULIC EQUIPMENT
CAUTION: During operation, the parts of the hy-

draulic system become very hot.
Allow the machine to cool down before beginning
inspection or maintenance.
1. Be sure that the machine is parked on a level, firm

surface before servicing hydraulic equipment.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground and stop the engine.
3. Begin servicing hydraulic components only after
components, hydraulic oil and lubricants are com-
pletely cooled, and after releasing residual pressure.
3.1 Bleed air from the hydraulic oil tank to release in-
ternal pressure.
3.2 Allow the machine to cool down.
Note that servicing heated and pressurized hydrau-
lic components may cause hot parts and/or oil to fly
off or escape suddenly, possibly resulting in per-
sonal injury.
3.3 Keep body parts and face away from plugs or
screws when removing them.
Hydraulic components may be pressurized even
when cooled.
3.4 Never attempt to service or inspect the travel and
swing motor circuits on slopes. They are highly
pressurized due to self-weight.
4. When connecting hydraulic hoses and pipes, take

special care to keep seal surfaces free from dirt and
to avoid damaging them. Keep these precautions in
mind:
4.1 Wash hoses, pipes, and the tank interior with a
washing liquid and thoroughly wipe it out before re-
connecting them.
4.2 Only use O-rings that are free of damage or defects.
Be careful not to damage them during reassembly.
4.3 Do not allow high pressure hoses to twist when
connecting them. The life of twisted hoses will be
shortened considerably.
4.4 Carefully tighten low pressure hose clamps.
Do not overtighten them.
7-27
MAINTENANCE
5. When adding hydraulic oil, always use the same

brand of oil; do not mix brands of oil. As the machine
is filled with Super EX 46HN when it is shipped from
the factory, use it as a general rule. When selecting
to use another brand of oil listed in the table “Brand
names of recommended hydraulic oil”, be sure to
completely replace the oil in the system.
6. Do not use hydraulic oils other than those listed in the
table “Brand names of recommended hydraulic oil”.
7. Never run the engine without oil in the hydraulic oil
tank.
7-28
MAINTENANCE
Check Hydraulic Oil Level --- daily
IMPORTANT: Never run the engine without oil in hy-

draulic oil tank.

M104-07-021
2. Position the machine with the arm cylinder fully re-
tracted and the bucket cylinder fully extended.

five minutes.
key switch.
tion.
1
8. Open the access door in front of the main pump.
Check oil level with level gauge (1) on hydraulic oil
tank. Oil must be between marks on the gauge. If
necessary, add oil.
CAUTION: The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized.

Push the pressure release button on the tank cap
to release pressure, and carefully remove the
cap.
To add oil:
9. Push the pressure release button on the air breather
to release pressure. Remove the cover.
10. Add oil. Recheck oil level with level gauge (1). M1HH-07-017
11. Install the cover. Make sure the filter and rod assem-
bly is in correct position.
7-29
MAINTENANCE
Drain Hydraulic Tank Sump

--- every 250 hours
IMPORTANT: Never run the engine without oil in hy-

draulic oil tank.
1. Park the machine on a level surface with the upper-

structure rotated 90° for easier access.
M104-07-117

five minutes.
key switch.
tion.

M157-07-173
Push the pressure release button on the air
breather to release pressure.
7. Push the pressure release button (1) on the air

breather to release pressure.
CAUTION: Do not loosen the drain plug until oil

is cool. Hydraulic oil may be hot, potentially
causing serious injury.
2
8. After oil is cool, loosen drain plug (2) to drain water

and sediment. Do not remove the plug completely,
only loosen it enough to drain water and sediment.
9. After draining water and sediment, retighten the plug. M157-07-078
7-30
MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil
Suction Filter Cleaning

--- every 4000 hours, 2500 hours
or 1500 hours
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil may be hot. Wait for oil M104-07-117

to cool before starting work. 2 1
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic oil changing intervals differ

Level Gauge
according to kind of hydraulic oils used.
(See Recommended Oil Chart in this
group)

2. Position the machine with the arm cylinder fully re-
tracted and the bucket cylinder fully extended.
M157-07-016
1 2

five minutes.
switch.
tion.
8. Clean the top of the hydraulic oil tank to keep dirt out M157-07-173
of the hydraulic system.

breather before removing the air breather.
9. Push pressure release button (1) on the air breather.

10. Remove cover (2).
11. Remove oil using a suction pump. The hydraulic oil
tank capacity, up to specified oil level, is approxi-
mately 320 liters (84.5 US gal).
7-31
MAINTENANCE
12. Remove drain plug (3). Allow oil to drain.
13. Remove suction filter and rod assembly (4).
14. Clean the filter and tank interior. If the filter is to be
replaced, install new filter on the rod as shown.
Tighten nut to 14.5 to 19.5 Nxm (1.5 to 2.0 kgfxm,
11.0 to 14.5 lbfxft).
15. Install filter and rod assembly (4). Make sure the filter
is positioned correctly on the outlet.
3
16. Replace the hydraulic tank oil filter. (See “Mainte-
nance Every 500 Hours” Section)
17. Clean, install and tighten drain plug (3).
18. Add oil until it is between the marks on the oil level M157-07-109
gauge.
2
19. Install cover (2). Make sure filter and rod assembly
(4) are in correct positions. Tighten the bolts to 49
Nxm (5 kgfxm, 36 lbfxft).
20. Be sure to bleed air form the system following the
procedures shown next page.
M157-07-062
702 mm (27.6 in)
20 mm (0.79 in)
4
M107-07-070
7-32
MAINTENANCE
Air Bleeding Procedures
IMPORTANT: If the hydraulic pump is not filled with oil, 4

it will be damaged when the engine is
started.
The machine is equipped with two main pumps. Bleed air

from these pumps after changing hydraulic oil.
1. Remove air bleed plugs (5) on each pumps.

2. Fill the pump with oil through air bleed plugs (5) port
on each pumps until oil flows out of air bleed plug (5)
hole.
3. Temporarily tighten air bleed plugs (5) on each M173-07-018
pumps, start the engine and run at slow idle. Loosen
one of air bleed plugs (5) slightly until oil flows from
plug port to release trapped air completely. Tighten
air bleed plug (5). Repeat this step for the rest of
plugs.
4. Purge air from the hydraulic system by running the
engines at slow idle and operating the control levers
slowly and smoothly for 15 minutes. M104-07-117
5. Position the machine as illustrated in the oil level 2 1

checking procedure.
Level Gauge
8. Stop the engines. Remove the key from the key
switches.
tion
10.Check the hydraulic oil tank gauge. Remove cover
(2) to add oil if necessary.
M157-07-016
7-33
MAINTENANCE
Replace Hydraulic Tank Oil Filter

--- every 1000 hours


five minutes. SA-039

switch. 1 2 3

tion.

Push the pressure release button on the air 4
7. Push the pressure release button on the hydraulic oil 5

tank to release pressure.
NOTE: There is spring tension under the cover. Hold 6

down the cover when removing last two bolts.
8. Hold down filter cover (2) against light spring load

when removing the last two bolts (1). Remove filter
cover (2).
9. Remove spring (4), valve (5) and element (6).
NOTE: Remove the element and inspect for metal par-

ticles and debris in the bottom of the filter can.
Excessive amounts of brass and steel particles
can indicate a failed hydraulic pump, motor,
valve or an impending failure. A rubber type of
material can indicate cylinder packing failure.
M178-07-069
10. Discard element (6) and O-ring (3).
11. Install a new element (6), valve (5) and spring (4).
12. Install filter cover (2) with a new O-ring (3).
13. Install and tighten bolts (1) to 49 Nxm (5 kgfxm, 36
lbfxft).
7-34
MAINTENANCE
Replace Pilot Oil Filter

--- every 1 000 hours

3. Turn the auto-idle switch off. M104-07-021

1
five minutes.
switch.
2
tion.
3
7. Use a wrench to remove filter case (4) from filter

head (1) by turning it counterclockwise.
8. Remove filter element (3) by turning it.
9. Remove and discard O-ring (2) and filter element (3).
10. Clean filter head (1) O-ring (2) and the element area.
11. Apply a thin film of clean oil to a new O-ring (2) and 4
install it in filter head (1). Be sure O-ring (2) is cor-
rectly positioned.
12. Apply a thin film of clean oil to the ring of new filter M157-07-063
element (3), that fits into filter head (1). Slowly install
filter element (3) by turning it.
13. Clean filter case (4).
14. Install filter case (4) onto filter head (1) by turning it
clockwise. Tighten case 39 Nxm (4 kgfxm, 28.9 lbfxft).
Pilot Filter M1HH-07-018
7-35
MAINTENANCE
Check Hoses and Lines

--- daily
--- every 250 hours
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
To avoid this hazard, search for leaks with a
piece of cardboard.
Take care to protect hands and body from
high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor familiar with
this type of injury immediately. SA-031
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may re-
sult.
CAUTION: Hydraulic oil and lubricant leaks can

lead to fire that may result in serious injury.
To avoid this hazard :
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
Lower the bucket to the ground.
Stop the engine. Remove key from the key
switch. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to
the LOCK position.
2. Check for missing or loose clamps, kinked SA-292
hoses, lines or hoses that rub against each

other, damaged oil cooler, and loose oil cooler
flange bolts, for leaks.
Check hoses, lines and oil cooler at the check
points indicated below for leaks and other
damage that may result in future leaks.
If any abnormalities are found, replace or re-
tighten them, as shown in Tables 1-3.
3. Tighten, repair or replace any missing, loose SA-044
or damaged clamps, hoses, lines, oil cooler,
and loose oil cooler flange bolts.
Do not bend or strike high-pressure lines.
Never install bent or damaged hoses or lines.
7-36
MAINTENANCE
Table 1. Hoses 3 2
Interval(hours) Check Points Abnormalities Remedies 1
Daily Hose covers Leak (1) Replace 2
Hose ends Leak (2) Replace
3
Fittings Leak (3) Retighten or replace
hose or O-ring
Every 250 Hose covers Crack (4) Replace M137-07-008
hours Hose ends Crack (5) Replace 3 2

1
2
Hose covers Exposed reinforcement (6) Replace
3
Hose covers Blister (7) Replace
M115-07-145
Hose Bend (8) Replace 5
M115-07-146
Hose Collapse (9) Replace 6

(Use proper bend
radius)
Hose ends and Deformation or Replace M115-07-147

fittings Corrosion (10)
8
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.1 for each check point location or for a descrip-
tion of the abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts.
M115-07-148
1
M115-07-149
Fig.1
7-37
MAINTENANCE
Table 2. Lines
Interval(hours) Check Points Abnormalities Remedies 1
1
Daily Contact surfaces of Leak (11) Replace
flange joints O-ring 1
and/or
retighten bolts
M137-07-001
Welded surfaces on Leak (12) Replace
joints
Every 250 hours Joint neck Crack (13) Replace 1 1
Welded surfaces Crack (12) Replace
on joints
Clamps Missing Replace
Deformation Replace M137-07-007
Loose Retighten
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.2 for each check point location or for a descrip- Fig.2
tion of the abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts.
Table 3. Oil cooler 1

Interval(hours) Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
Every 250 hours Contact surfaces of Leak (14) Replace
1
flange joints O-ring
and/or
retighten bolts
Oil cooler Leak (15) Replace

Coupling and Leak (16) Retighten or
rubber hose replace 1
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.3 for each check point location . M137-07-002
Fig.3
7-38
MAINTENANCE
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HY-
DRAULIC FITTINGS
2 6 1 4 5
Two hydraulic fitting designs are used on this machine.
Flat Face O-ring Seal Fitting (ORS Fitting)

An O-ring is used on the sealing surfaces to prevent oil
6
leakage.
3
M104-07-033
1. Inspect fitting sealing surfaces (6). They must be free
of dirt or defects.
2. Replace O-ring (1) with a new one when assembling
fittings.
3. Lubricate O-ring (1) and install it into groove (3) using
petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
4. Tighten fitting (2) by hand, pressing the fitting joint
together to ensure O-ring (1) remains in place and is
not damaged.
5. Tighten fitting (2) or nut (4) to the torque values
shown. Do not allow hose (5) to twist when tightening
fittings.
6. Check for leaks. If oil leaks from a loose connection,
do not tighten fitting (2). Open the connection, re-
place O-ring (1) and check for correct O-ring position
before tightening the connection.
Torque specifications ±10%
Width across flats (mm) 27 32 36 41,46
Nxm 93 137 175 205
Fastening
(kgfxm) (9.5) (14) (18) (21)
torque
(lbfxft) (69) (101) (130) (152)
7-39
MAINTENANCE
Metal Face Seal Fittings
7 9 8 1 5
Fittings are used on smaller hoses and consist of a
metal flare and a metal flare seat.
1. Inspect flare (10) and flare seat (9). They must be

free of dirt or obvious defects.
IMPORTANT: Defects in the tube flare cannot be re-

paired. Overtightening a defective flare M202-07-051
fitting will not stop a leak.
2. Tighten fitting (7) by hand.

3. Tighten fitting (7) or nut (8) to the torque values
shown. Do not allow hose (5) to twist when tightening
fittings.
Width across flats

17 19 22 27
(mm)
Fastening Nxm 24.5 29.5 39 93
torque (kgxm) (2.5) (3) (4) (9.5)
(lbfxft) (18) (21.5) (29) (69)
Control Valve
Pilot Piping Fittings (For control valve)
Width across flats (mm) 19

Nxm 34.3
Fastening torque
(kgxm) (3.5)
(lbfxft) (25.3)
M1HH-07-024
7-40
MAINTENANCE
E. FUEL SYSTEM
Tank capacity : 560 liter (148 US gal)

Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Drain Fuel Tank Sump 1
2. Check Water Separator 1
3. Replace Fuel Filter 1
4. Clean Feed Pump Strainer 1
for leaks, cracks,
—
5. Check Fuel Hoses etc.
for cracks, bend, etc. —
Recommended Fuel 1
Use high quality DIESEL FUEL only (JIS K-2204) (ASTM
2-D). Kerosene must NOT be used.
Refueling


five minutes.
M178-01-142
switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi- 2
tion.
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Shut the engine

off before fueling. Do not smoke while you fill the
fuel tank or work on fuel system.
7. Check fuel level gauge (3) or fuel gauge (1) of the

monitor panel. Add fuel if necessary.
M157-07-185
3
IMPORTANT: Keep all dirt, dust, water and other for-
eign materials out of the fuel system.
Yellow
Mark
M157-07-060
7-41
MAINTENANCE
8. To avoid condensation, fill the tank at the end of each
day’s operation. Take care not to spill fuel on the
machine or ground. 3
Tank capacity : 560 liter (148 US gal) Yellow

Do not fill the tank more than specified. Stop filling Mark
when a yellow mark on fuel level gauge (3) becomes
visible. Be sure to position the fuel service nozzle so
that any part of the nozzle does not obstruct rising of
the float-type fuel level gauge (3).
9. Reinstall filter cap (2) on the filler tube. Be sure to

lock filter cap (2) with the key to prevent the cap from
being lost as well as to prevent vandalism. M157-07-060
NOTE: Take precautions for Fueling with Automatic

Fueling Device (Optional).
Avoid overfilling. Never fail to remove filler cap
(2) when refueling with the automatic fueling
device and be sure to stop fueling when the yel-
low mark on the float becomes visible.
7-42
MAINTENANCE
Drain Fuel Tank Sump --- daily

3. Turn the auto-idle off. M104-07-117


five minutes.
key switch.
6. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK posi- 2
tion.
7. Open drain cock (1) for several seconds to drain wa-
ter and sediment. Close the drain cock.
M178-07-022
Check Water Separator

--- every 50 hours 3
Water separator (4) separates any water that may get

mixed with the fuel. Water separator (4) contains a float 4
which rises as water accumulates.
Be sure to drain the sediment when the float rises up to the
“Drain Water” mark written on the outside of water separa-
5
tor (4).
IMPORTANT: If the fuel contains an excessive amount

of water, shorten the interval between
water separator checks.
Draining Coolant
1. Water separator (4) is located on the back of the hy-
draulic oil tank. Open the right access cover and hold
the cover with the rod.
M1HH-07-027
2. Close fuel cock (2) under the fuel tank to stop the fuel
supply.
3. Loosen plug (3) on water separator (4). Loosen drain
plug (5) on the bottom of the separator case to drain
water deposited in the case.
4. After draining water, be sure to tighten plugs (3 and
5).
5. Return fuel cock (2) to the original position.
NOTE: After draining, be sure to bleed air from the fuel

system.
7-43
MAINTENANCE
Bleed Air from Fuel System
3
IMPORTANT: Air in the fuel system may make the en- 4

gine hard to start or make it run irregu-
larly. After draining water and sediment
from the water separator, replacing the
fuel filter, cleaning the feed pump 5
strainer or running the fuel tank dry, be
sure to bleed the air from the fuel sys-
tem.
1. Confirm that drain plug (5) and air bleed plug (3) on
water separator (4) are tight. If air bleed plug (3) is
not tight, air will not bleed from the fuel system.
M1HH-07-027
2. Confirm that fuel cock (2) is opened.
3. Loosen air bleed plug (6) on the fuel filter.
4. Loosen fuel feed pump (7) knob, raise and lower the
plunger until no more air bubbles can be seen in the
fuel.
5. Tighten air bleed plug (6) on the fuel filter. Raise and
lower the fuel feed pump plunger until the load be- 2
comes heavy.
6. Push fuel feed pump (7) knob down and tighten.
7. Start the engine and run at slow idle. M178-07-022
8. Put a “Do Not Operate” tag on the right control lever.

tion.
10. Inspect the fuel system for leaks.
6
M1HH-07-005
M1HH-07-012
7-44
MAINTENANCE
Replace Fuel Filter

--- every 500 hours
1. For safety and to protect the environment, always use

proper containers when draining fuel. Do not pour
fuel onto the ground, down a drain or into a stream,
pond or lake. Dispose of waste fuel properly.
2. Remove cartridge filter (1) using the filter wrench.
1
3. Apply a thin film of clean fuel to the gasket of new
cartridge filter (1).
4. Tighten cartridge filter (1) by hand until the gasket
makes contact with the sealing surface.
5. Using the filter wrench, tighten cartridge filter (1) M1HH-07-005
about 2/3 turn more. Do not overtighten cartridge fil-

ter (1).
6. After replacing cartridge filter (1), bleed air from the
fuel system.
7-45
MAINTENANCE
Clean Feed Pump Strainer 1

--- every 1000 hours,
1. Confirm drain cock (1) is the close position.

2. Remove the feed pump inlet hose joint bolt, located
at feed pump (4) inlet.
3. Remove strainer (3) from joint bolt (2) using a screw
driver.
4. Clean strainer (3) using diesel fuel.
5. Install and tighten strainer (3) in joint bolt (2).
6. Install and tighten joint bolt (2). Then, bleed air from M178-07-022
3 2
the fuel system.
Tightening torque 20 to 25 N·m
(2.0 to 2.5 kgf·m, 15 to 19
lbf·ft)
M107-07-041
M1HH-07-012
7-46
MAINTENANCE
Check Fuel Hoses

--- daily
--- every 250 hours
CAUTION: Fuel leaks can lead to fires that may

result in serious injury.
To avoid this hazard :
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface. Lower the

bucket to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove key
from the key switch. Pull the pilot control shut-off
lever to the LOCK position.
2. Check for kinked hoses, and hoses that rub against
each other parts for leaks.
Check hoses at the check points indicated below for
leaks and other damage that may result in future
leaks. If any abnormalities are found, replace or re-
tighten them, as shown in Table 4.
3. Repair or replace any loose or damaged hoses.
Never install bent or damaged hoses.
Table 4. Hoses
Interval(hours) Check Points Abnormalities Remedies
Daily Hose ends Leak (1) Retighten or 1 2
replace
Soutache braid Friction (2) Replace
hose Crack (2) Replace
Every 250 Soutache braid Crack (3) Replace
hours hose
Hose ends Crack (4) Replace 1
M137-07-003
4
Hose Bend (5) Replace
M137-07-004
Hose Collapse (6) Replace

(Use proper bend radius)
M137-07-005
Hose ends and fittings Deformation or Replace
Corrosion (7) 6
NOTE: Refer to the illustrations in Fig.1 for each check point location or for
a description of the abnormality. Use genuine Hitachi parts.
7
M137-07-006
Fig.1
7-47
MAINTENANCE
F. AIR CLEANER
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Air Cleaner Cleaning 1 (Or when indicator lit)
Outer Element Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or 1 year
2. Air Cleaner
Inner Element
Replacement 1 When outer element is replaced
ZAXIS330·
330LC:Opt.
Clean the Air Cleaner Outer Element

--- every 250 hours or when the restriction in-
dicator comes ON
Replace the Air Cleaner Outer and Inner

Elements
--- after cleaning six times or after one year
2
M1HH-07-020


five minutes.
switch.
tion.
7. Loosen clamps (2) to remove the cover.
7-48
MAINTENANCE
8. Remove outer element (1).
9. Tap outer element (1) with the palm of your hand,
NOT ON A HARD SURFACE.
M1HH-07-021
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pres- Air Restriction Switch

2 1 2
sure. (Less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ). Clear area of
bystanders, guard against flying chips, and wear
personal protection equipment including goggles
or safety glasses.
10. Clean outer element (1) using compressed air. Direct Cover
the air to the inside of the filter element, blowing out.
11. Clean the filter interior before installing outer element
(1).
Valve
12. Install outer element (1). 3
13. Install cover and tighten clamps (2). M157-07-061
14. Start the engine and run at slow idle.

15. Check the air filter restriction indicator on the monitor
panel. If the air filter restriction indicator comes ON,
stop the engine and replace the outer element (1).
16. When replacing the air cleaner filter element, replace
both outer (1) and inner (3) elements together. Re-
move outer element (1). Clean the filter interior be-
fore removing inner element (3). Remove inner ele-
ment (3). First install inner element (3) and then in-
stall outer element (1).
7-49
MAINTENANCE
G. COOLING SYSTEM
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000
1. Check Coolant Level 1
2. Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension 1
3. Change Coolant 35.0 L (9.2 US gal) Twice a year 1
4. Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Outside 1 2
Core, Inter Cooler Inside 1 When changing coolant
5. Clean Oil Cooler Front Screen 1 2
6. Clean Air Conditioner Condenser (Opt.) 1 2
7. Clean Inter Cooler Front Screen (Opt.) 1 2
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen (Opt.) 1 2
1 Before leaving the Hitachi factory, the cooling system is filled with a mixture of water and Genuine
Hitachi Long-Life Coolant. As long as Genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is used, the service in-
tervals between changing the coolant is once every two years, or every 4 000 hours, whichever
comes first.
2 Shorten the maintenance interval when the machine is operated in dusty areas.
Coolant
Fill the radiator with soft, pure tap or bottled water.
Anti-rust agent
Add approximately 0.70 L (0.74 US qt) of anti-rust agent
to the new coolant when the coolant is changed.
It is not necessary to add anti-rust agent when antifreeze
is used.
Antifreeze
If the air temperature is expected to fall below 0°C
(32°F), fill the cooling system with an antifreeze and soft
water mix. As a general rule, the ratio of antifreeze
should range between 30% and 50% as shown in the
table below. If the ratio is below 30%, the system may
develop rust, and if it is above 50%, the engine may
overheat.
7-50
MAINTENANCE
Antifreeze Mixing Table
Mixing Refill capacities
Air temperature
ratio Antifreezes Soft water
°C °F % liters US gal liters US gal
－1 30 30 6.9 1.82 16.1 4.25
－4 25 30 6.9 1.82 16.1 4.25
－7 19 30 6.9 1.82 16.1 4.25
－11 12 30 6.9 1.82 16.1 4.25
－15 5 35 8.1 2.13 14.9 3.95
－20 －4 40 9.2 2.43 13.8 3.65
－25 －13 45 10.4 2.73 12.6 3.34
－30 －22 50 11.5 3.04 11.5 3.04
CAUTION:
1. Antifreeze is poisonous; if ingested, it can
cause serious injury or death. Induce vomiting
and get emergency medical attention immedi-
ately.
2. When storing antifreeze, be sure to keep it in
a clearly marked container with a tight lid. Al-
ways keep antifreeze out of the reach of chil-
dren.
3. If antifreeze is accidentally splashed into eyes,
flush with water for 10 to 15 minutes and get
emergency medical attention.
4. When storing or disposing of antifreeze, be
sure to comply with all local regulations.
7-51
MAINTENANCE
Check Coolant Level --- daily 1
CAUTION: Do not loosen radiator filler cap (1)

unless the system is cool. Loosen the cap slowly
to the stop. Release all pressure before removing
the cap.
With the engine cold, the coolant level must be between

the FULL and LOW marks on coolant reservoir (2), located
behind the radiator access door. If the coolant level is be-
low the low mark, add coolant to coolant reservoir (2).
If coolant reservoir (2) is empty, add coolant to the radiator
and then to coolant reservoir (2).
M1HH-07-009
FULL
Check and Adjust Fan Belt Tension
LOW
--- every 100 hours (first time after 50 hours)
IMPORTANT: Loose fan belt may result in insufficient

M178-07-028
battery charging, engine overheating as
well as a rapid, abnormal belt wear. Belts Deflection
that are too tight, however, can damage 3 8~12 mm
98 N (10 kgf)
both bearings and belts.
Visually check the belt for wear. Replace if necessary.

Check fan belt tension by depressing the midpoint between 4
fan pulley (3) and alternator pulley (4) with the thumb. De-
flection must be 8 to 12 mm (0.32 to 0.47 in) with a de-
pressing force of approximately 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf).
M178-07-030
If tension is not within specifications, loosen the bolts for
the adjusting plate and alternator bracket. Move the alter-
nator until tension is correct. Tighten the adjusting plate
and bracket bolts.
NOTE: When a new belt is installed, be sure to

re-adjust the tension after operating the engine
for 3 to 5 minutes at slow idle speed to be sure
that the new belt is seated correctly.
7-52
MAINTENANCE
Change Coolant
--- twice a year (in spring and autumn)
Clean Radiator Interior

--- when changing coolant
NOTE: Before leaving the Hitachi Factory, the cooling

system is filled with a mixture of water and
Genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant.
As long as Genuine Hitachi Long-Life Coolant is
used, the service intervals between changing
the coolant is once every two years, or every
4000 hours, whichever comes first.
CAUTION: Do not loosen the radiator cap until

the system is cool. Loosen the cap slowly to the
stop. Release all pressure before removing the
cap.
1. Remove the radiator cap. Open drain cocks (1) and 1

(2) on the radiator and engine block to allow the cool-
ant to drain completely.
2. Close drain cocks (1) and (2). Fill the radiator with tap
water and a radiator cleaner agent. Start the engine
and run at a speed slightly higher than slow idle;
when the needle of the temperature gauge reaches
the green zone, run the engine for about ten more
minutes.
3. Stop the engine and open drain cock (1). Flush out
the cooling system with tap water, until draining water
is clear. This helps remove rust and sediment.
4. Close drain cock (1). Fill the radiator with tap water
and an anti-rust agent or antifreeze at the specified
M178-07-032
mixing ratio. When adding coolant, do so slowly to
avoid mixing air bubbles in the system.
5. Run the engine to sufficiently bleed the air from the
cooling system.
6. After adding coolant, operate the engine for several
minutes. Check the coolant level again, and add
coolant if necessary.
2
M1HH-07-001
7-53
MAINTENANCE
Inter Cooler
Clean Radiator, Oil Cooler Core and Inter
Cooler
Outside --- every 500 hours
Clean Oil Cooler Front Screen

--- every 500 hours
Clean Air Conditioner Condenser

(If equipped) --- every 500 hours
--- every 500 hours
Clean Inter Cooler Front Screen

(Opt.) --- every 500 hours
Clean Air Conditioner Front Screen Oil Cooler M178-07-033
(Opt.) --- every 500 hours
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pres-

2
sure (Less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ) for cleaning
purposes. Clear the area of bystanders, guard
against flying chips, and wear personal protec-
tion equipment including eye protection.
IMPORTANT: When operating the machine in a dusty

environment, check the screen every
day for dirt and clogging. If clogged,
remove, clean and reinstall the screen.
1. Open the radiator access door and hood.

Oil Cooler Front Screen M178-07-033
2. Clean the air conditioner condenser.

3. Remove the oil cooler front screen and clean it.
4. Clean both the radiator and oil cooler using com-
2
pressed air (Less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ) or water.
Air Conditioner Condenser M178-07-033
7-54
MAINTENANCE
H. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IMPORTANT: Improper radio communication equip-

ment and associated parts, and/or im-
proper installation of radio communica-
tion equipment effects the machine's
electronic parts, causing involuntary
movement of the machine.
Also, improper installation of electrical
equipment’s may cause machine failure
and/or a fire on the machine.
Be sure to consult your authorized
dealer when installing a radio commu-
nication equipment or additional elec-
trical parts, or when replacing electrical
parts.
Never attempt to disassemble or modify

the electrical/electronic components. If
replacement or modification of such
components is required, contact your
authorized dealer.
BATTERIES
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks

and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight
to check the battery electrolyte level.
Do not continue to use or charge the battery

when electrolyte level is lower than specified.
Explosion of the battery may result.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in cloth-
ing, and cause blindness if splashed into the
eyes.
Avoid hazard by: SA-036

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Using proper booster battery starting proce-
dures.
If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
M178-07-033
3. If splashed in eyes, flush with water for 10 to Batteries Location
15 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
7-55
MAINTENANCE
If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs, or
vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.
IMPORTANT: Add water to batteries in freezing

weather before you begin operating your
machine for the day, or else charge the
batteries.
IMPORTANT: If the battery is used with the electrolyte

level lower than the specified lower level,
the battery may deteriorate quickly.
IMPORTANT: Don’t refill electrolyte more than the

specified upper level. Electrolyte may
spill, damaging the painted surfaces
and/or corroding other machine parts.
NOTE: In case electrolyte is refilled more than the

specified upper level line or beyond the bottom
end of the sleeve, remove the excess electro-
lyte until the electrolyte level is down to the
bottom end of the sleeve using a pipette. After
neutralizing the removed electrolyte with so-
dium bicarbonate, flush it with plenty of water,
otherwise, consult the battery manufacturer.
7-56
MAINTENANCE
Electrolyte Level Check
1. Check the electrolyte level at least once a month.
2. Park the machine on level ground and stop the en-
gine.
3. Check the electrolyte level.
3.1 When checking the level from the battery side:
Clean around the level check lines with a wet towel.
Don’t use a dry towel. Static electricity may be de-
veloped, causing the battery gas to explode. Check U.L (Upper Level)
if the electrolyte level is between U.L (Upper Level)
L.L (Lower Level)
and L.L (Lower Level). In case the electrolyte level
M146-07-109
is lower than the middle level between the U.L and
L.L, immediately refill distilled water or commercial
battery fluid. Be sure to refill with distilled water be- Filler Port
fore recharging (operating the machine). After re-
filling, securely tighten the filler plug.
3.2 When impossible to check the level from the battery Sleeve
side or no level check mark is indicated on the side: Upper Level
After removing the filler plug from the top of the bat- Lower Level
tery. Check the electrolyte level by viewing through Separator Top
the filler port. It is difficult to judge the accurate Proper
M146-07-110
electrolyte level in this case. Therefore, when the Since the electrolyte surface touches the bottom end of
electrolyte level is flush with the U.L, the level is the sleeve, the electrolyte surface is raised due to surface
judged to be proper. Then, referring to the right tension so that the electrode ends are seen curved.
illustrations, check the level. When the electrolyte M146-07-111
level is lower than the bottom end of the sleeve, Lower
refill with distilled water or commercial battery fluid When the electrolyte surface is lower than the bottom end
of the sleeve, the electrode ends are seen straight.
up to the bottom end of the sleeve. Be sure to refill
with distilled water before recharging (operating the
M146-07-112
machine). After refilling, securely tighten the filler
plug.
3.3 When an indicator is available to check the level,
follow its check result.
4. Always keep around the battery terminals clean to
prevent battery discharge. Check terminals for loose
and/or rust. Coat terminals with grease or petroleum
jelly to prevent corrosion build up.
M409-07-072
7-57
MAINTENANCE
Check electrolyte specific gravity
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks If you spill acid on yourself:
and flames away from batteries. Use a flashlight 1. Flush your skin with water.
to check the battery electrolyte level. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neu-
tralize the acid.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It
3. If splashed in eyes, flush with water for
is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in cloth-
10 to 15 minutes. Get medical attention
ing, and cause blindness if splashed into the
immediately.
eyes.
If acid is swallowed:
Never check the battery charge by placing a
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer. 2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten
eggs, or vegetable oil.
−) battery clamp
Always remove the grounded (− 3. Get medical attention immediately.
first and replace it last.
Avoid hazard by: IMPORTANT: Check the specific gravity of the
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. electrolyte after it is cooled, not
immediately after operation.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is Check the electrolyte specific gravity in each bat-
added. tery cell.
The lowest limit of the specific gravity for the elec-
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. trolyte varies depending on electrolyte tempera-
5. Using proper booster battery starting proce- ture. The specific gravity should be kept within the
dures. range shown below. Charge the battery if the spe-
cific gravity is below the limit.
Recommended range of specific gravity by electrolyte temperature
104°F 40°C
68°F 20°C Working range
Fluid temp.
32°F 0°C
–4°F –20°C
–40°F –40°C
1.21 1.22 1.23 1.24 1.25 1.26 1.27 1.28 1.29 1.30 1.31 1.32
Specific gravity of battery fluid
7-58
MAINTENANCE
REPLACE BATTERIES
Your machine has two 12-volt batteries with negative (−)

ground.
If one battery in a 24-volt system has failed but the other is
still good, replace the failed battery with one of the same
type. For example, replace a failed maintenance-free bat-
tery with a new maintenance-free battery. Different types of
batteries may have different rates of charge. This differ-
ence could overload one of the batteries and cause it to
fail.
REPLACING FUSES
If any electrical equipment fails to operate, first check the M178-07-036
fuses. Fuse box is located behind the operator’s seat. A

fuse location/specification decal is attached to the fuse box
cover.
Remove the fuse box cover by lifting it upward. Spare

fuses are located on the underside of the cover.
Spare Fuses
IMPORTANT: Be sure to install fuses with correct

amperage ratings to prevent electrical 1 2
system damage due to overload. 9 1
8 1
10- OPTION 3 20- LUB
5A 10A 7 1
9- OPTION 2 19- GLOW. R 6 1
10A 5A 5 1
8- OPTION 1 18- AUXILIARY 4 1
5A 10A 3 1
7- AIRCON 17- ROOM LAMP 1
2
5A 5A
1 1
6- POW. ON 16- LIGHTER
5A 10A
5- SWBOX 15- RADIO
Tool
5A 5A
4- SOLENOID 14- HORN
M178-07-034
10A 10A
Reservoir
3- EC. MOTOR 13- HEATER
10A 20A
2- CONTROLLER 12- WIPER
5A 10A
1- BACKUP 11- LAMP
5A 20A
• Fusible Link (Main Fuse)
In case the starter won’t rotate even if the key switch is
turned to the START position, fusible link may the cause
of the trouble. Remove the cover next to the engine
coolant reservoir to check the fuse. Replace it if blown.
21- + Side (Red) 45A
22- − Side (Black) 65A
2 2 M178-07-049
7-59
MAINTENANCE
I. MISCELLANEOUS
Interval (hours)
Parts Quantity
8 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000
1. Check Bucket Teeth for Wear and
—
Looseness
2. Change Bucket — As required
3. Convert Bucket Connection Into
— As required
Face Shovel
4. Adjust Bucket Linkage 1 As required
5. Remove Travel Levers 2 As required
6. Check and Replace Seat Belt 1 Every 3 years (Replace)
7. Check Windshield Fluid Level 1 As required
8. Check Track Sag 2
9. Check Air Circulating Air Cleaning 1
Condi- Filter Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or so
tion-er Fil- Fresh Air Fil- Cleaning 1
ter ter Replacement 1 After cleaning 6 times or so
10. Check Air Conditioner —
11. Clean Cab Floor — As required
12. Check Injection Nozzle —
13. Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt — As required
14. Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance —
15. Check Fuel Injection Timing — As required
16. Measure Engine Compression Pres-
—
sure
17. Check Starter and Alternator —
18. Change Water Pump Grease —
19. Check Tightening Torque of Bolts
—
and Nuts
NOTE: First time only
Contract your authorized dealer for maintenance.
4
9 10 12 13 14
1 15 16 17 18 19
2 3
5
6
11 7
8 M178-01-044
7-60
MAINTENANCE
Check Bucket Teeth --- daily 1 4 5
Check the bucket teeth for wear and looseness

Replace teeth (1) if tooth wear exceeds the designated
service limit shown below.
Dimension A in mm (in)
New Limit of Use
M104-07-056
230 (9.1) 115 (4.5)
2
Replacing procedure
3
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying
pieces of metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses,
and safety equipment appropriate to the job.
1. Use hammer (2) and drift (3) to drive out locking pin
(5). Be careful not to damage rubber pin lock (4)
while removing locking pin (5).
2. Remove tooth (1). Inspect locking pin (5) and rubber
pin lock (4) for damage, replace if necessary. Short M104-07-116
locking pins and damaged rubber pin locks must be
replaced with new ones. RIGHT WRONG
Flush one end of the locking pin

to evaluate. In this instance, the
locking pin is too short.
M104-07-118
M104-07-058
WRONG WRONG
M104-07-059
7-61
MAINTENANCE
Check Bucket Teeth for H and BE Type Front or
1
Super V Type Bucket Teeth
----- daily
Check for wearing and looseness of the Bucket tooth

points.
1. Replacement intervals
When tooth points (1) wear beyond the service limit,

replace them.
M116-07-124
Dimension A in mm (in)
Part No. New Limit of Use
3
1.40 m Hoe
Bucket with 232 99
4400250
Super V Type (9.1) (3.9)
Bucket Teeth
Rock Bukcet 229 112
3
1.38 m 4400253
1.50 m3 (9.0) (4.4)
2
NOTE: When tooth point (1) is used in excess of the
service limit, a hole will be made on the tooth
point, which makes the nose exposed and worn
1
out, and will eventually break or let the tooth
M116-07-125
point fall off.
2. Replacement
(1) Removing the tooth point
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying 3 2

pieces of metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses.
1
(a) Preparations for removing tooth point.
Hit the left and right top ends and the left and right
lugs of tooth point (1) alternately with hammer to
knock off pebbles, soil, etc., stuck in the gap
between tooth point (1) and adapter (2).
(b) Inserting lock removal tool.

Remove pebbles, dirt, etc., completely from the gap
between lock pin (3) and adapter (2). Place
pin-removing jig on the top end of lock pin (3) and
hit it with hammer to remove lock pin (3).
When driving out the pin, first hit with a shorter jig
until top end of lock pin (3) comes to the upper end
position of the lug of tooth point (1), and then use
the longer jig to remove lock pin.
M116-07-131
3
7-62
MAINTENANCE
c. Removing the tooth point
Turn tooth point (1) to the left, twist and pull it
toward you to remove it.
Remove the plug, and check if rubber has cracking;

if it has, replace the rubber with new one.
While the pin and plug can withstand several
replacements of the tooth point, be sure to check
whether they are usable or not when replacing
tooth point (1).
(2) Mounting the tooth point M113-07-078
a. Mounting the tooth point

Clean the top end of the adapter nose. If pebbles,
dirt, etc., are stuck to the adapter nose, tooth point
(1) will not insert properly and the pin cannot be
driven in.
Also check that lock pin has no cracks.
Insert tooth point (1) slowly until the tooth point

comes to the end of the adapter nose while twisting
and turning it to the right. 1
M113-07-080
7-63
MAINTENANCE
b. Inserting the pin
(1) (Insert lock pin (3) with take-up (4) facing toward
the adapter nose.
(2) With tooth point (1) fully inserted onto the adapter, 3
tap lock pin (3) into the tooth point (1) with a ham- Take-up
mer until the top of lock pin (3) comes flat with the
nose surface. (i.e. until the take-up on lock pin (3)
fits into the grooves of tooth point (1).)
M173-07-001
M116-07-128
NOTE: (1) Since rubber is susceptible to corrosion, do

not use grease, oil and other oily materials
when inserting the lock pin.
(2) In mounting welding-type nose and adapter
onto the bucket, the lock pin should be
removed from the nose when preheating
and welding. Otherwise, the rubber will be
spoiled.
7-64
MAINTENANCE
3. Clean shank (6) surface.
4. Install rubber pin lock (4) into shank (6) hole as shown.
RIGHT WRONG WRONG
6 4
M104-07-060
5. Position new tooth (1) over shank (6).
RIGHT WRONG WRONG
M104-07-061
6 1
6. Drive locking pin (5) fully into the hole as shown.
WRONG
RIGHT
1 5 M104-07-062
NOTE: Check the bucket teeth periodically to

ensure that wear does not exceed the
designed service limit.
7-65
MAINTENANCE
Change Bucket
O-Ring Shift
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in
or out, guard against injury from flying pieces of
metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses,
1. Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the

bucket to the ground and position it with the flat sur- Bucket Boss
face resting on the ground. Be sure the bucket will
not roll when the pins are removed.
Link
2. Slide the O-rings out of the way, as shown.
B
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm
and bucket. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply suf- A
ficient grease to the pins and pin bores.
4. Align the arm and alternate bucket. Be sure the
bucket will not roll.
5. Install bucket pins A and B.
6. Install the locking pins and snap ring on pins A and B. M104-07-063
7. Adjust bucket linkage clearance for pins A. See ad-

justing bucket linkage clearance procedure.
8. Apply grease to pin joints A and B.
9. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate
the bucket in both directions to check for any inter-
ference in bucket movement. Do not operate a ma-
chine that has any movement interference. Correct
interference problem.
7-66
MAINTENANCE
Convert Bucket Connection Into Face Shovel
CAUTION: When driving the connecting pins in O-Ring Shift

or out, guard against injury from flying pieces of
metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses,
IMPORTANT: Provide ample space for turning the

bucket 180°°. Before starting converting
work, keep bystanders clear of the ma- Bucket Boss
chine. When using a signal person, co-
ordinate hand signals before starting.
Link
B
bucket to the ground and position it with the flat sur- A
face resting on the ground. Be sure the bucket will
not roll when the pins are removed.
2. Slide the O-rings out of the way, as shown.
3. Remove bucket pins A and B to separate the arm
and bucket. Clean the pins and pin bores. Apply suf-
ficient grease to the pins and pin bores.
4. Turn the bucket 180°. Be sure the bucket will not roll.
5. Align the arm and bucket. Install bucket pins A and B,
then install the locking pins and snap rings on pins A
and B.
6. Apply grease to pin joints A and B.
7. Start the engine and run at slow idle. Slowly operate
the bucket in both directions and check for any inter-
ference in bucket movement. Do not operate a ma-
chine that has any movement interference. Correct
interference problem. Link
M104-07-064
7-67
MAINTENANCE
Adjust the Bucket Linkage

The machine is provided with a bucket adjustment system
to take up play in the linkage. When play in the linkage
increases, remove and install shims as follows:

bucket to the ground with the flat side down so that
the bucket will not roll.
2. Run the engine at slow idle. With the bucket on the

ground, slowly swing counterclockwise slightly until
the top of the left bucket boss contacts the arm.
3. Stop the engine. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to

the LOCK position.
NOTE: Bolt (1) does not need to be removed to remove

shims. Shims are of a split type that can be
easily pushed off with a screwdriver after bolts
(1) have been loosened.
Clearance
Adjust Part
4. Slightly loosen three (M14) bolts (1) using a 22 mm
wrench. Remove all shims (2) from clearance (c)
between plate (3) and bucket.
5. Push and hold bolts (1) to remove all clearance (a)

M503-07-056
between arm and boss (4). Holding boss (4) against
arm increases clearance (b). Measure distance (b)
using a feeler gauge. This distance should not be II 4 Bucket
adjusted below 0.5 mm (0.02 in). Bucket Pin Arm 2

d
3
6. Install as many shims (2) into clearance (b) as
possible.
NOTE: Remaining shims (2) must be installed in

clearance (c) to prevent arm end face or bolt 1
damage.
a
7. Install remaining shims (2) into clearance (c) and b c
tighten bolts (1) to 140 Nxm (14.3 kgfxm, 103 lbfxft).
II
NOTE: The total number of shims (2) used is A.
A : 12 (6 pairs)
8. Replace boss (4) if measurement (d) is 5 mm (0.2 in)

or less.
SECTION II
M104-07-066
7-68
MAINTENANCE
Remove the Travel Levers
The travel levers may be removed if desired.

4
3
2
4. Turn the key switch OFF. Remove the key.
5. Pull the pilot control shut-off lever to the LOCK
position.
1
6. Remove bolts (1) and (2) to remove levers (3) and (4)
from brackets.
NOTE: Wrench size 17 mm

Tightening torque 50 Nxm (5.1 kgfxm, 37 M178-07-077
lbfxft)
7-69
MAINTENANCE
Check and Replace Seat Belt 2

Check --- daily 1
Replace --- every 3 years
Always maintain the seat belt in a functional condition and 1

replace when necessary to ensure proper performance.
Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine belt (1), 3

buckle (2) and attaching hardware (3). If any item is dam- 3
aged or materially worn, replace the seat belt or compo-
nent before operating the machine.
We recommend that the seat belt be replaced every three

years regardless of its apparent condition.
Check Windshield Washer Fluid Level

--- as required. M175-07-031
Check fluid in windshield washer tank (4).

If the fluid level is low, remove cap (5) and add fluid via the 4 5
opening.
During winter season, use all season windshield washer
which will not freeze.
M178-07-072
7-70
MAINTENANCE
Check Track Sag --- every 50 hours
Swing the upperstructure 90° and lower the bucket to raise

the track off the ground as shown.
Keep the angle between the boom and arm 90 to 110°

and position the bucket’s round side on the ground. Place
blocks under the machine frame to support the machine.
Rotate the raised track in reverse two full rotations and
then forward two full rotations.
Measure distance (A) at the middle of the track frame from

the bottom of the track frame to the back face of the track
shoe.
Track sag specifications --- SA-283

ZAXIS 330·330LC· 340 to 380 mm
350H·350LCH: (13.4 to 15.0 in)
ZAXIS 370MTH: 380 to 430
(15.0 to 16.9 in)
NOTE: Check track sag after thoroughly removing soil

stuck on the track area by washing.
Adjust Track Sag

Precautions for Adjusting Track Sag
1. If track sag is not within specifications, loosen or
tighten the track following the procedures shown on M107-07-068
the next page.

2. When adjusting track sag, lower the bucket to the
ground to raise one track off the ground.
Repeat this procedure to raise the other track.
Each time, be sure to place blocks under the ma-
chine frame to support the machine.
3. After adjusting track sag of both tracks, move the
machine back and forth several times.
4. Check track sag again. If track sag is not within
specifications, repeat adjustment until correct sag is
obtained.
7-71
MAINTENANCE
Loosen the Track
CAUTION: Do not loosen valve (1) quickly or

loosen it too much as high-pressure grease in
the adjusting cylinder may spout out. Loosen
carefully, keeping body parts and face away from
valve (1).
Never loosen grease fitting (2).
IMPORTANT: When gravel or mud is packed between

sprockets and track links, remove it be-
fore loosening.
M107-07-075
1. To loosen the track, slowly turn valve (1) counter-
clockwise using long socket 24; grease will escape 1
from the grease outlet.
2
2. Between 1 to 1.5 turns of valve (1) is sufficient to
loosen the track.
3. If grease does not drain smoothly, slowly rotate the
raised track.
4. When proper track sag is obtained, turn valve (1)
clockwise and tighten to 147 Nxm (15 kgfxm, 108
lbfxft).
Grease Outlet
M104-07-119
Tighten the Track
CAUTION: It is abnormal if the track remains

tight after turning valve (1) counterclockwise or if
the track is still loose after charging grease to fit-
ting (2). In such cases, NEVER ATTEMPT TO DIS-
ASSEMBLE the track or track adjuster, because
of dangerous high-pressure grease inside the
track adjuster. See your authorized dealer
immediately.
To tighten the track, connect a grease gun to grease fitting

(2) and add grease until the sag is within specifications.
7-72
MAINTENANCE
Clean and Replace Air Conditioner Filter

Clean Filter
Circulating Air Filter --- every 500 hours
Fresh Air Filter --- every 500 hours Push Push
Replace Filter
Circulating Air Filter --- After cleaning 6 times
or so
Fresh Air Filter --- After cleaning 6 times or so
Removing Fresh Air Filter M178-07-037
1. While pushing the cover side above the rear deck,

raise the upper cover to remove.
2. After removing the upper cover, hold the grip of fresh
air filter (1) and pull it out in the vertical direction.
M178-07-070
1
2
Removing Recirculation Filter

1. Recirculation filter (2) is located under the rear deck.
2. Holding grips (3), pull them toward you to remove.
M178-07-071
7-73
MAINTENANCE
CAUTION: Use reduced compressed air pres-

2
sure (less than 0.2 MPa, 2 kgf/cm ) for cleaning
purposes. Clear the area of bystanders, guard
against flying chips, and wear personal protec-
tion equipment including eye protection.
Cleaning
Clean both the external and internal filters by blowing
compressed air or washing with water.
When washing the filters with water, follow the proce-

dures below:
1. Wash with tap water. Arrow

Rear Side of Cab
2. Soak the filters in neutral detergent-mixed water for
approx. 5 minutes.
3. Wash the filters with water again.
4. Dry the filters.
Installation
Air Conditioner Side
When installing the cleaned recirculation and/or ventila- M157-14-022
tion filter or new filters, follow the reverse order of the
Removing Filter procedures described on the front page.
Plate
• Ventilation Filter
Use attention when installing the filter so that the
notch faces the back of the cab and the stamped ar-
rows face the air conditioner unit. After installing the
filter, install the upper cover while aligning it with the
duct.
• Recirculation Filter
While contacting the attached filter plate onto the duct,
install the filter so that the clips align with the duct
mounting holes.
M178-07-071
7-74
MAINTENANCE
Check the Air Conditioner --- daily

Oil seepage 2
1. Check pipe connections for refrigerant gas leakage.

If oil seepage is found around pipe connections, as
illustrated, it indicates possible gas leakage.
2. Check refrigerant quantity.
1
After running the engine at 1500 min－ (rpm) for 2 to
3 minutes, check refrigerant quantity through the Detail
1
sight glass on the receiver tank.
3. Check the condenser.
If the condenser fins become clogged with dirt or in-
sects, the cooling effect will be decreased. Be sure to
keep it clean at all times.(Refer to “Clean Radiator No Refrigerant Insufficient
Core” in Maintenance Section.) Empty Quantity
4. Check the compressor

After operating the air conditioner for 5 to 10 minutes, Almost clear. A few
bubbles may appear
touch the high-pressure side and low-pressure side Sufficient when the engine
pipes with your hand. If normal, the high-pressure Quantity speed is raised or
lowered.
side pipe will be hot, and the low-pressure side cold.
5. Check mounting bolts for looseness.
Confirm that the compressor mounting bolts and M107-01-050
other mounting/fastening bolts are securely tightened.
8～12 mm Fan pulley
6. Inspect belt, check and adjust tension. 98 N (10 kgf)
Visually check the compressor and fan belts for wear. Alternator
Check and adjust belt tension, referring to the illustra- Pulley 8～12 mm
98 N(10 kgf)
tion (right).
Fan and Compressor belts

Depressing Force: approximately 98 N (10 kgf, 22 lbf)
Deflection: 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in)
If any abnormalities are found in air conditioner opera-

Crank
tion, see your authorized dealer for inspection. Pulley
Compressor
Pulley
7-75
MAINTENANCE
Clean Cab Floor --- as necessary
IMPORTANT: When cleaning the cab floor with tap

water, spray the floor only. Take care not
to splash the surrounding area. Don’t
increase water spray speed by restrict-
ing the hose end, and don’t use high 1
pressure steam for cleaning. Be sure to
completely remove any moisture from
the surrounding area.
1. Park the machine on solid and level surface. Lower

the bucket to the ground. Before cleaning, stop the M178-07-088
engine.
2. Sweep the cab floor clean using a brush, and brush
dust from the cab floor while spraying water.
3. When cleaning the floor mat, sweep dust (water)
along the grooves on the floor mat.
4. When cleaning after removing the floor mat, remove
two caps (1) plugging the cleaning holes on the floor
plate. Sweep dust (water) through these cleaning
holes.
7-76
MAINTENANCE
Check Injection Nozzle

--- every 500 hours
See your authorized dealer.
Retighten Cylinder Head Bolt

--- daily
Inspect and Adjust Valve Clearance

Check Fuel Injection Timing

--- daily
Measure Engine Compression Pressure

Check Starter and Alternator

Change Water Pump Grease

7-77
MAINTENANCE
19 Check Tightening Torque of Bolts and Nuts For tightening nuts and bolts other than specified in
--- every 250 hours (first time after 50 hours) the table below, refer to the Tightening Torque Chart
Check tightness after the first 50 hours then every 250 at the end of this section.
hours. Tighten to torque shown if any are loose. Bolts and
nuts should be replaced with those of the same or higher IMPORTANT: Check and tighten bolts and nuts
grade. using a torque wrench.
Bolt Dia Wrench Torque

No. Descriptions Q’ty
mm Size (mm) Nxm (kgfxm) (lbfxft)
1 Engine cushion rubber mounting bolt 18 4 27 400 (41) (300)
(Fan Side) 10 10 17 60 (6) (43)
2 Engine bracket mounting bolt
(Pump Side) 12 8 19 90 (9) (65)
3 Engine oil filter mounting bolt 10 4 17 50 (5.1) (37)
4 Radiator mounting bolt 16 4 24 210 (21) (151)
5 Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt 18 4 27 300 (30.5) (220)
6 Fuel tank mounting bolt 16 6 24 210 (21) (151)
3
1− −12UNF 36 175 (18) (130)
16
7
7 ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and piping 1− −12UNF 41 210 (21.5) (155)
16
11
1− −12UNF 50 255 (26) (188)
16
8 Pump mounting bolt 10 8 17 50 (5.1) (37)
9 Control valve mounting bolt 16 4 24 210 (21.5) (155)
10 Control valve bracket mounting bolt 16 4 24 210 (21.5) (155)
11 Swing device mounting bolt 22 12 32 640 (65) (470)
12 Swing motor mounting bolt 12 12 10 90 (9.2) (66)
13 Battery mounting nut 10 2 17 50 (5.1) (37)
14 Cab mounting nut 16 4 24 210 (21.5) (155)
Swing bearing mounting bolt to upperstructure 27 36 36 1226 (125) (905)
15
Swing bearing mounting bolt to undercarriage 27 36 36 1226 (125) (905)
ZAXIS330, 330LC, 350H,
Travel device 20 40 30 620 (63) (460)
16 350LCH
mounting bolt
ZAXIS370MTH 22 40 32 740 75 (540)
ZAXIS330, 330LC, 350H,
Sprocket 20 32 30 490 (50) (360)
17 350LCH
mounting bolt
ZAXIS370MTH 22 48 32 740 75 (540)
ZAXIS330, 330LC, 350H,
Upper roller 16 16 24 270 (27.5) (200)
18 350LCH
mounting bolt
ZAXIS370MTH 18 16 27 390 40 (290)
ZAXIS330, 330LC 20 64 30 670 (68) (490)
Lower roller
19 ZAXIS350H, 350LCH 20 72 30 670 (68) (490)
mounting bolt
ZAXIS370MTH 22 64 32 740 75 (540)
ZAXIS330, 330LC 22 360 30 1130 (115) (830)
20 Track shoe bolt ZAXIS350H, 350LCH 22 384 30 1130 (115) (830)
ZAXIS370MTH 24 392 32 1370 (140) (1010)
ZAXIS330, 330LC 20 8 30 620 (63) (460)
Track guard
21 ZAXIS350H, 350LCH 20 24 30 620 (63) (460)
mounting bolt
ZAXIS370MTH 22 28 32 740 (75) (540)
(1.05 to
Coupling, Jubilee and T-bolt clamp of low pres- 8 － 13 10.3 to 12.4 (7.59 to 9.11)
22 1.26)
sure piping 6 － 11 5.9 (4.3)
(0.6)
18 － 27 400 (41) (300)
23 Front pin-retaining bolt and nut 20 － 30 550 (56) (405)
22 － 32 750 (76.5) (550)
ZAXIS330, 330LC 32 4 50 2260 230 (1665)
Counterweight
24 ZAXIS350H, 350LCH,
mounting bolt 36 4 55 2840 290 (2100)
ZAXIS370MTH
7-78
MAINTENANCE
Tightening Torque Chart
Hexagon
Wrench
Bolt Dia. Wrench
Size
Size M552-07-091 M552-07-090 M157-07-225
Socket Bolt
Nxm (kgfxm) (lbfxft) Nxm (kgfxm) (lbfxft) Nxm (kgfxm) (lbfxft)
M8 13 6 30 (3.1) (22) 20 (2.0) (15.0) 10 (1.0) (7.4)
M10 17 8 65 (6.6) (48) 50 (5.1) (37) 20 (2.0) (15.0)
M12 19 10 110 (11.0) (81) 90 (9.2) (66) 35 (3.6) (26.0)
M14 22 12 180 (18.5) (135) 140 (14.0) (103) 55 (5.6) (41)
M16 24 14 270 (27.5) (200) 210 (21.5) (155) 80 (8.2) (59)
M18 27 14 400 (41.0) (295) 300 (30.5) (220) 120 (12.0) (89)
M20 30 17 550 (56.0) (410) 400 (41.0) (295) 170 (17.0) (125)
M22 32 17 750 (76.5) (550) 550 (56.0) (410) 220 (22.5) (162)
M24 36 19 950 (97.0) (700) 700 (71.5) (520) 280 (28.5) (205)
M27 41 19 1400 (143) (1030) 1050 (107) (770) 400 (41.0) (295)
M30 46 22 1950 (200) (1440) 1450 (148) (1070) 550 (56.0) (410)
M33 50 24 2600 (265) (1920) 1950 (200) (1440) 750 (76.5) (550)
M36 55 27 3200 (325) (2360) 2450 (250) (1810) 950 (97.0) (700)
CAUTION: If fixing bolts for counterweight are

loosened, consult your nearest authorized dealer.
IMPORTANT: Make sure bolt and nut threads are clean

before installing.
Apply lubricant (e. g. white zinc B solved
into spindle oil) to bolts and nuts to sta-
bilize their friction coefficient.
NOTE: Tightening torque required is shown in Nxm.
For example, when tightening a bolt or nut with
a wrench of 1 m length, turning the end of it
with a force of 120 N, the torque produced will
be:
1 m ×120 N = 120 Nxm
To produce the same torque with a wrench of

0.25 m:
0.25 m × N = 120 Nxm
Necessary force will be:

120 Nxm ÷ 0.25 m = 480 N
7-79
MAINTENANCE
1. Retighten the engine insulation rubber mounting
bolts.
Bolt
Tool: 27 mm
Torque: 400 Nxm (41 kgfxm, 300 lbfxft)
M1HH-07-015
M1HH-07-016
2. Retighten the engine bracket mounting bolts.

Fan Side
Tool: 17 mm
M1HH-07-015
Pump Side
Tool: 19 mm
M1HH-07-016
7-80
MAINTENANCE
3. Engine oil filter mounting bolts
Tool: 17 mm
Torque: 50 Nxm (5.1 kgfxm, 37 lbfxft)
M1HH-07-026
4. Radiator mouning bolts

Tool: 24 mm
M1HH-07-025
5. Retighten the hydraulic oil tank mounting bolts.

Tool: 27 mm
M173-07-025
6. Retighten the fuel tank mounting bolts.
Tool: 24 mm
M173-07-005
7-81
MAINTENANCE
7. Retighten the ORS fittings for hydraulic hoses and
piping.
Tool: 36 mm
Tool: 41 mm
Tool: 50 mm
8. Retighten the pump transmission mounting bolts. M107-07-081
Tool: 17 mm
M1HH-07-022
9. Retighten the control valve mounting bolts.
Tool: 24 mm
M1HH-07-010
10. Retighten the control valve bracket mounting bolts.

Tool: 24 mm
M1HH-07-011
7-82
MAINTENANCE
11. Retighten the swing device mounting bolts.
Tool: 32 mm
M164-07-003
12. Retighten the swing motor mounting bolts.
Tool: 10 mm
M164-07-003
13. Retighten the battery mounting nuts.

Tool: 17 mm
14. Retighten the cab mounting nuts. M178-07-033
Tool: 24 mm
M157-07-219
7-83
MAINTENANCE
15. Retighten the swing bearing mounting bolts to the
upperstructure.
Tool: 36 mm
M107-07-088
Retighten the swing bearing mounting bolts to the

undercarriage.
Tool: 36 mm
M107-07-089
16. Retighten the travel device mounting bolts.

Tool: 30 mm
Tool: 32 mm
M164-07-005
17. Retighten the sprocket mounting bolts.

Tool: 30 mm
Tool: 32 mm
M157-07-223
7-84
MAINTENANCE
18. Retighten the upper roller mounting bolts.
Tool: 24 mm
Tool: 27 mm
19. Retighten the lower roller mounting bolts.

Tool: 30 mm M157-07-224

Tool: 32 mm
M107-07-092
20. Retighten the shoe mounting bolts.

Tool: 30 mm
Tool: 32 mm
M107-07-093
7-85
MAINTENANCE
21. Retighten the track guard mounting bolts.

Tool: 30 mm
Tool: 32 mm
M107-07-094
22. Retighten coupling, Jubilee and T-bolt clamp

Coupling
Tool: 13 mm
Torque: 10.3 to 12.4 Nxm
T-bolt Clamp
Tool: 11 mm
Torque: 5.9 Nxm (0.6 kgfxm, 4.31 lbfxft)
M1HH-07-003
23. Front pin-retaining bolts and nuts

bolt
Tool: 27 mm
Nut
Tool: 30 mm
Tool: 32 mm
M173-07-016
24. Counterweight mounting bolts

Tool: 50 mm
Tool: 55 mm
7-86
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Operating Conditions Precautions for Maintenance

Muddy Soil, Rainy or Before Operation: Check the tightness of plugs and all drain cocks.
Snowy Weather After Operation: Clean the machine and check for cracks, damaged,
loose or missing bolts and nuts. Lubricate all necessary
parts without delay.
Near the Ocean Before Operation: Check tightness of plugs and all drain cocks.
After Operation: Thoroughly clean the machine with fresh water to wash
off salt. Service electrical equipment often to prevent
corrosion.
Dusty Atmosphere Air Cleaner: Clean the element regularly at shorter service intervals.
Radiator: Clean the oil cooler screen to prevent clogging of the
radiator core.
Fuel System: Clean the filter element and strainer regularly at shorter
service intervals.
Electrical Equipment: Clean them regularly, in particular, the commutator
surface of the alternator and starter.
Rocky Ground Tracks: Carefully operate while checking for cracks, damage and
loose bolts and nuts. Loosen the tracks a little more
than usual.
Front Attachment: Standard attachment may be damaged when digging
rocky ground. Reinforce the bucket before using it, or
use a heavy duty bucket.
Freezing Weather Fuel: Use high quality fuel suitable for low temperature.
Lubricant: Use high quality low viscosity hydraulic oil and engine oil.
Engine Coolant: Be sure to use antifreeze.
Battery: Fully charge the batteries regularly at shorter service
intervals. If not fully charged, electrolyte may freeze.
Tracks: Keep the tracks clean. Park the machine on a hard
surface to prevent the tracks from freezing to the ground.
Falling Stones Cab: Provide a cab guard to protect the machine from falling
stones when necessary.
9-1
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
9-2
STORAGE
STORING THE MACHINE
1. Inspect the machine. Repair worn or damaged parts.

Install new parts if necessary.
2. Clean the primary air cleaner element.
3. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat
exposed cylinder rods with grease.
4. Lubricate all grease points.
5. Park the tracks on long stable blocks.
6. Wash the machine.
7. Remove the batteries and store them in a dry pro-
tected place after charging fully. If not removed, dis-
connect the negative battery cable from the (−) ter-
minal.
8. Add an antirust agent to the coolant. In cold weather,
add an antifreeze, or drain the coolant completely. Be
sure to attach a “No Water in Radiator” tag on a
clearly visible location if the system is drained.
9. Loosen the alternator belt and fan belt.
10. Paint necessary areas to prevent rust.
11. Store the machine in a dry, protected place. If stored
outside, cover with a waterproof cover.
12. If the machine is stored for a long time, operate hy-
draulic functions for travel, swing and digging two to
three times for lubrication, at least once a month.
Be sure to check the coolant level and lubrication
conditions before operating.
Precautions for Disconnecting or Connecting

Batteries
In case the batteries are kept disconnected for more
than one month or when the batteries are reconnected,
contact your nearest Hitachi dealer. Resetting of the ICX
(Information Controller) may be required.
10-1
STORAGE
REMOVING THE MACHINE FROM STORAGE
CAUTION: Start the engine ONLY in a

well-ventilated place.
1. Remove grease from the cylinder rods if coated.

2. Adjust alternator and fan belt tension.
3. Fill the fuel tank. Bleed air from the fuel system.
Check all fluid levels.
4. Start the engine.
Run the engine at half speed for several minutes be-
fore full load operation.
5. Cycle all hydraulic functions several times.
6. Carefully check all systems before operating the ma-
chine at full load.
NOTE: When the machine has been stored for a long

time, be sure to perform the following steps as
well:
(a) Check condition of all hoses and connec-
tions.
(b) Warm up the engine.
(c) Stop the engine.
(d) Install new fuel filters. Replace the engine
oil filter and fill the engine with oil.
IMPORTANT: If the machine has not been used for a

long time, oil films on sliding surfaces
may have broken down. Cycling hydrau-
lic functions for travel, swing and dig-
ging two to three times is necessary to
lubricate the sliding surfaces.
10-2
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Problem Cause Solution
Engine Cranks But Will No fuel Add fuel.
Not Start or Hard to Start Bleed air.
Wrong fuel Drain tank. Use correct fuel.
Contaminated fuel Drain tank and add clean fuel.
Low battery power Charge or install new battery.
Injection pump See your authorized dealer.
Wrong preheat line or glow plugs See your authorized dealer.
Poor electrical connection Clean and tighten battery and starter
motor connections.
Starter motor failure Replace starter.
Wrong engine oil Drain oil. Use correct oil.
Air filter plugged Replace elements.
Fuel filter plugged Remove air from fuel system.
Clean fuel tank strainer.
Engine compression low See your authorized dealer.
Injection nozzles dirty or not working See your authorized dealer.
correctly
Fuel shut-off linkage Adjust or repair linkage.
Leaks in fuel system Check fuel system connections.
Air in fuel system Bleed air.
Fuel feed pump plunger up Push down and tighten knob.
Feed pump strainer dirty Clean or replace.
Engine Knocks, Runs Ir- Engine oil level low Add oil.
regularly or Stops
Plugged air intake system Clean filter and system.
Feed pump strainer dirty Clean or replace.
Injection pump out of time See your authorized dealer.
Plugged fuel filters Install new filters.
Low coolant temperature Thermostat not working correctly or too
“cool”.
Water, dirt or air in fuel system Bleed air from fuel system.
Clean fuel tank outlet screen.
Injection nozzles dirty or faulty See your authorized dealer.
Fuel shut-off linkage Adjust or repair linkage.
11-1
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Engine Not Developing Full Air filters plugged Replace filter elements.
Power Fuel line restricted Repair or replace fuel line.
Contaminated fuel Drain fuel tank and clean outlet screen.
Refill.
Fuel filters plugged Change filters.
Plugged vent in fuel tank cap Clean or install new cap.
Injection nozzles dirty or See your authorized dealer.
malfunctioning
Injection pump linkage adjustment See your authorized dealer.
Wrong fuel Use correct fuel.
Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Turbocharger failure See your authorized dealer.
Injection pump out of timing See your authorized dealer.
Exhaust restriction Remove muffler and run engine.
Engine is too hot or cold See below.
Engine failure See your authorized dealer.
Valve clearance Check and adjust valves.
Intake or exhaust system leakage See your authorized dealer.
Engine Overheats Low coolant level Add coolant.
Thermostat See your authorized dealer.
Engine overloaded Check hydraulic relief valves.
Radiator cap faulty Install new cap.
Radiator core or oil cooler core Clean radiator and oil cooler.
plugged
Radiator screen plugged Clean screen.
Fan damaged Replace fan.
Air cleaner plugged Clean air cleaner.
Alternator and fan belt loose Tighten or install new belt.
Pulley grooves worn Replace pulleys.
Cooling system passages dirty Flush cooling system.
Temperature gauge or sending unit See your authorized dealer.
11-2
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Coolant Temperature Too Low Thermostat See your authorized dealer.
Temperature gauge or sending unit See your authorized dealer.
Low Engine Oil Pressure Engine oil pump or pump drive See your authorized dealer.
Low oil level Add oil.
Engine oil pressure regulation valve See your authorized dealer.
Plugged oil pump intake screen See your authorized dealer.
Plugged oil filter Install a new oil filter.
Oil leaks Check for leaks.
Oil diluted with fuel or coolant See your authorized dealer.
Engine temperature too high Check cooling system.
Wrong oil Drain oil. Use correct oil.
Engine Uses Too Much Oil Wrong oil Drain oil.Use correct oil.
Oil leaks Check engine oil drain plug.
Engine temperature too high Check cooling system.
Plugged air cleaner Clean element or install new element.
Internal engine component wear See your authorized dealer.
Engine Uses Too Much Fuel Plugged or dirty air intake system Clean air intake system.
Wrong fuel Use correct fuel.
Fuel injection nozzles See your authorized dealer.
Excessive Black or Gray Wrong fuel Drain tank. Use correct fuel.
Exhaust Smoke
Plugged or dirty air intake or exhaust Clean air intake and exhaust system.
system
Injection nozzles dirty or faulty See your authorized dealer.
Basic engine failures See your authorized dealer.
11-3
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Nothing Works Battery Recharge or replace.
Nothing Works Battery relay Replace relay.
(Except clock)
Batteries Undercharged Loose or corroded connections Clean and tighten or replace batteries.
Alternator belt loose Tighten or install new belt.
Alternator not charging See your authorized dealer.
Fuse Replace fuse.
Key switch failure Replace key switch.
Starting Motor Will Not Turn Battery undercharged or dead Recharge or replace battery.
Battery cables making poor Clean connections.
connections
Fusible link Replace fusible link.
Key switch See your authorized dealer.
Start relay See your authorized dealer.
Starter solenoid See your authorized dealer.
Starter Repair or replace start motor.
Starter pinion jammed in flywheel Repair or replace starter.
gear
Major engine failure See your authorized dealer.
Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor connections at batteries or Clean connections.
starter
Low battery charge Recharge or replace batteries.
Starter solenoid “hold-in” windings See your authorized dealer.
open
Starter Motor Turns but Will Starter pinion gear not engaging See your authorized dealer.
Not Crank Engine flywheel ring gear
Pinion shift mechanism jammed or See your authorized dealer.
malfunctioning
Pinion gear teeth broken See your authorized dealer.
Flywheel gear teeth broken See your authorized dealer.
Engine Cranks Slowly Battery cables damaged or broken Inspect and replace cables.
internally
Battery or starter cable Clean and tighten connections.
connections loose or corroded
11-4
TROUBLESHOOTING
ENGINE
Exhaust Gas is White Wrong fuel Drain tank. Use correct fuel.
Cold engine Run engine until warm.
Thermostat faulty or too “cool” See your authorized dealer.
Coolant leakage into engine cylinder See your authorized dealer.
Turbocharger Excessively Bearings not lubricated Insufficient oil pressure.
Noisy or Vibrates Check for restricted turbocharger oil
line.
Worn bearings See your authorized dealer.
Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust Inspect, repair.
manifold
Improper clearance between turbine See your authorized dealer.
wheel and turbine housing
Broken blades on turbine Remove exhaust elbow and air inlet
hose and inspect.
Oil Dripping from Damaged or worn bearings and/or See your authorized dealer.
Turbocharger Adapter worn seals Inspect and clean air cleaner.
Check for proper engine service
intervals or dirt enter into engine.
Excessive crankcase pressure Check vent tube to ensure tube is not
plugged.
Clean.
Turbocharger oil return line carbon Remove line.
build up where line passes exhaust Inspect, clean.
manifold
Excessive Drag in Carbon build-up behind turbine wheel Inspect, clean.
Turbo-charger Rotating caused by combustion deposits
Members
Dirt build-up behind compressor Inspect, clean.
wheel caused by air intake leaks
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn See your authorized dealer.
bearings, caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication
11-5
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Engine Cranks Slowly Battery discharged or will not hold a Replace battery.
charge
Starter “dragging” See your authorized dealer.
Low battery voltage Recharge or replace battery.
Starter Motor Continues to Start relay stuck See your authorized dealer.
Run After Engine Starts Starter solenoid stuck See your authorized dealer.
Starter not disengaging See your authorized dealer.
Key switch See your authorized dealer.
Charging Indicator Light Loose or glazed alternator belt Check belt.
On-Engine Running Replace if glazed, tighten if loose.
Engine rpm low Adjust rpm to specification.
Excessive electrical load from added Remove accessories or install higher
accessories output alternator.
Loose or corroded electrical Inspect, clean, or tighten electrical
connections on battery, ground strap, connections.
starter, or alternator
Battery voltage low Change or replace battery.
Alternator or regulator See your authorized dealer.
Indicator circuit See your authorized dealer.
Noisy Alternator Worn drive belt Replace belt.
Worn pulleys Replace pulleys and belt.
Pulley misaligned Adjust alternator mount.
Alternator bearing Loosen alternator belts.
Turn pulley by hand.
If any roughness is felt, repair
alternator.
No Monitor Panel Indicators Fuse Replace fuse.
Work Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Individual Light in Monitor Bulb Replace bulb.
Panel is Not Working Fuse Replace fuse.
Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
11-6
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
No Indicators in Gauge Panel Circuit board See your authorized dealer.
Operate Wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Fuse Replace fuse.
Indicator Light in Gauge Panel Bulb Replace bulb.
is Inoperative Fuse Replace fuse.
Sender Do sender check.
Wiring harness failure See your authorized dealer.
Coolant Temperature Gauge Fuse Replace fuse.
Does Not Work Gauge See your authorized dealer.
Gauge sender Do coolant temperature gauge sender
check.
Indicator Lights Do Not Fuse Replace fuse.
Operate Auto-idle Bulb Replace bulb.
Auto-idle switch See your authorized dealer.
Fuel Gauge Does Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.
Gauge See your authorized dealer.
11-7
TROUBLESHOOTING
MODE SELECTION
Work Mode Selector Mode switches See your authorized dealer.
Does Not Work Electrical connector See your authorized dealer.
Failed pilot pressure switch wire See your authorized dealer.
harness
Main controller See your authorized dealer.
Solenoid valve unit See your authorized dealer.
Fast/Slow Travel Speed Travel mode switches See your authorized dealer.
Does Not Function Pilot pressure switch (Travel) See your authorized dealer.
Pump delivery pressure sensor wire See your authorized dealer.
harness
Solenoid valve unit See your authorized dealer.
Damaged travel motor See your authorized dealer.
Auto-Idle Does Not Work Fuse Replace fuse.
Switch panel See your authorized dealer.
Electrical connector See your authorized dealer.
Wire harness See your authorized dealer.
EC motor See your authorized dealer.
Pressure switches (Travel, Front) See your authorized dealer.
11-8
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTROL LEVERS
Moves Hard Corroded joint See your authorized dealer.
Worn out pusher See your authorized dealer.
Does Nothing Worn out pusher See your authorized dealer.
Pilot valve See your authorized dealer.
Does Not Return to Neutral Pilot valve See your authorized dealer.
Too Much Play Worn out pivot joint See your authorized dealer.
Lever is Not Vertical In Neutral Pilot valve See your authorized dealer.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Functions are Slow Low oil level Fill reservoir to full mark.
Cold oil Push hydraulic warm up switch.
Wrong oil Drain tank. Use correct oil.
Engine speed too low Increase speed or see your authorized
dealer.
Pilot circuit See your authorized dealer.
Worn pump See your authorized dealer.
Restricted pump suction line See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Air leak in pump suction line See your authorized dealer.
Oil lines restricted See your authorized dealer.
Low oil level Fill reservoir to full mark.
Plugged filters Install new filters.
Worn pump See your authorized dealer.
Plugged radiator or oil cooler Clean and straighten fins.
Oil cooler bypass See your authorized dealer.
11-9
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Hydraulic Oil Overheats Relief valve See your authorized dealer.
Contaminated oil Drain oil and refill.
Travel motors See your authorized dealer.
Improperly adjusted hydraulic See your authorized dealer.
components
Oil Foams Air leak in line from reservoir to pump Repair leak or see your authorized
dealer.
Kinks or dents in oil lines Check lines.
Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Water in oil Change oil.
High or low oil level Correct level.
Low or No Oil Pressure Wrong oil Use correct oil.
Improperly adjusted hydraulic See your authorized dealer.
components
No oil in system Fill with correct oil.
Worn cylinder packings See your authorized dealer.
Relief valve See your authorized dealer.
No Hydraulic Functions Hydraulic pump See your authorized dealer.
(Noise from pumps) Decreased set-pressure of main relief
valve in control valve
Lack of hydraulic oil Add oil.
Damaged suction line or hose See your authorized dealer.
Clogged suction filter Clean.
Sucked air from oil suction port
Hydraulic Cylinders Operate Hydraulic pump worn See your authorized dealer.
but Cannot Lift Load Main relief valve pressure low See your authorized dealer.
Hydraulic oil level low Add oil.
Suction screen plugged Clean strainer and system.
Pump suction line leaking Inspect suction line.
11-10
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
One Control Lever Does Not Relief valve pressure low See your authorized dealer.
Work Tube or hose damaged Repair or replace.
Hydraulic fittings loose Tighten.
Damaged O-rings in fittings Install new O-ring.
Hydraulic Pump See your authorized dealer.
Pilot lines Repair or replace.
One Cylinder Does Not Work Control valve spool damaged or See your authorized dealer.
contaminated with dirt
Hydraulic lines damaged Repair or replace.
Fittings loose Tighten.
O-ring in fitting damaged Install new O-ring.
One Cylinder Does Not Work Piston seals leaking See your authorized dealer.
or Has Little Power Cylinder rod damaged See your authorized dealer.
Failed wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Both Travel Motors Do Not Center joint failure See your authorized dealer.
Work
One Travel Motor Does Not Travel motor See your authorized dealer.
Work Parking brake not releasing See your authorized dealer.
Travel is Not Smooth Track adjustment Adjust tension.
Track idler or rollers damaged See your authorized dealer.
Track frame bent See your authorized dealer.
11-11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Travel is Not Smooth Rocks or mud “jammed” in track frame Remove and repair.
Travel brake not releasing See your authorized dealer.
Swing Does Not Work Swing brake release valve See your authorized dealer.
Swing motor See your authorized dealer.
Swing is Not Smooth Swing gear See your authorized dealer.
Swing bearing See your authorized dealer.
Lack of grease Apply grease.
Engine Stops When Travel Failure of connector contact Repair or replace.
or/and Control Lever Moved Failed wiring harness See your authorized dealer.
Failed Main controller See your authorized dealer.
11-12
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K J
I H
M1HH-12-001
Model ZAXIS330 Hydraulic Excavator ZAXIS330LC Hydraulic Excavator

Type of Front-End Attachment 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) Standard Arm
3 3 3 3
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) PCSA 1.4 m (1.83 yd ), CECE 1.2 m (1.57 yd )
Operating Weight 31000 kg (68300 lb) 31500 kg (69400 lb)
Basic Machine Weight 23600 kg (52000 lb) 24200 kg (53400 lb)
–1
Isuzu AA-6HK1X 177 kW/1900 min (240 PS/1900 rpm)
Engine –1
184 kW/2000 min (250 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height 3120 mm (10 ft 3 in) 3140 mm (10 ft 4 in)
C: Rear End Swing Radius 3320 mm (10 ft 11 in)
D: Minimum Ground
*500 mm (20 in)
Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance * 1140 mm (3 ft 9 in) * 1160 mm (3 ft 10 in)
F: Engine Cover Height * 2510 mm (8 ft 3 in) * 2530 mm (8 ft 4 in)
G: Overall Width of
2995 mm (9 ft 10 in)
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length 4640 mm (15 ft 3 in) 4940 mm (16 ft 2 in)
I: Undercarriage Width 3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center 3730 mm (12 ft 3 in) 4050 mm (13 ft 3 in)
K: Track Shoe Width 600 mm (24 in) (Grouser shoe)
2 2
Ground Pressure 63 kPa (0.64 kgf/cm , 9.1 psi) 59 kPa (0.60 kgf/cm , 8.5 psi)
–1
Swing Speed 11.8 min (rpm)
Travel Speed (fast/slow) 5.5/3.8 km/h (3.4/2.4 mph)
Gradeability 35° (tanθ = 0.70)
NOTE: H/P mode
* The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
12-1
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
G G
C C
D D
E E
F F
A A
B B
Backehoe Face shovel (Reversed hoe bucket) M1HH-12-004
Category 2.66 m (8 ft 9 in) Arm 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) Standard Arm 4 m (13 ft 1 in) Arm
Backhoe Shovel Backhoe Shovel Backhoe Shovel

Item mm ftxn mm ftxin mm ftxin mm ftxin mm ftxin mm ftxin
A: Maximum Digging Reach 10570 34′ 8″ 10800 37′ 1″ 11100 36′ 5″ 11330 37′ 2″ 11860 38′ 11″ 12090 39′ 8″
B: Maximum Digging Depth 6850 22′ 5″ 7070 23′ 2″ 7380 24′ 3″ 7610 25′ 0″ 8180 26′ 10″ 8410 27′ 7″
C: Maximum Cutting Height 9870 32′ 5″ 10380 34′ 1″ 10230 33′ 7″ 10680 35′ 0″ 10620 34′ 10″ 11050 36′ 3″
D: Maximum Dumping
6830 22′ 5″ 6610 21′ 8″ 7130 23′ 5″ 6930 22′ 9″ 7500 24′ 7″ 7320 24′ 0″
Height
E: Transport Height * 3470 11′ 5″ 3470 11′ 5″ 3230 10′ 7″ 3230 10′ 7″ 3570 11′ 9″ 3570 11′ 9″
F: Overall Transport Length 11090 36′ 5″ 11090 36′ 5″ 10970 35′ 12″ 10970 35′ 12″ 11050 36′ 3″ 11050 36′ 3″
G: Minimum Swing Radius 4580 15′ 0″ 4580 15′ 0″ 4490 14′ 9″ 4490 14′ 9″ 4520 14′ 10″ 4520 14′ 10″
NOTE: * The dimensions include the height of the shoe lug.
12-2
SPECIFICATIONS
SHOE TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
ZAXIS330
600 mm (24″) 700 mm (28″) 800 mm (31″) 600 mm (24″)
Shoe Width
Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Flat Shoe
For Ordinary Ground For Weak Footing For Weak Footing For Paved Road
Application
(Standard) (Option) (Option) (Option)
Operating Weight kg 31000 31500 31900 31800
(lb) (68300) (69500) (70300) (70100)
Basic Machine Weight kg 23600 24200 24500 24400
(lb) (52000) (53400) (54000) (54800)
Cab Height mm 3120 3120 3120 3130
(ftxin) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″)
Minimum Ground 500 500 500 540
Clearance (mm) (20″) (20″) (20″) (21″)
Undercarriage mm 4640 4650 4650 4660
Length (ftxin) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″)
Undercarriage Width mm 3190 3290 3390 3190
(ftxin) (10′ 6″) (10′ 10″) (11′ 1″) (10′ 6″)
63 kPa 55 kPa 48 kPa 64 kPa
2 2 2 2
Ground Pressure (0.64 kgf/cm , (0.56 kgf/cm , (0.49 kgf/cm , (0.65 kgf/cm ,
9.1 psi) 8.0 psi) 7.0 psi) 9.2 psi)
3
NOTE: • The specifications for the front-end attachment are for 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) arm with PCSA 1.4 m (1.83
3
yd ) bucket.
• 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe, 800 mm (31 in) grousert shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not
be used on gravel or rocky ground.
• The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.
ZAXIS330LC
600 mm (24″) 700 mm (28″) 800 mm (31″) 600 mm (24″)
Shoe Width
Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Flat Shoe
Application
(lb) (69700) (71000) (71900) (71700)
(lb) (53400) (54700) (55600) (55300)
Cab Height mm 3140 3140 3140 3150
(ftxin) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″)
Clearance (mm) (20″) (20″) (20″) (21″)
Length (ftxin) (16′ 2″) (16′ 3″) (16′ 3″) (16′ 3″)
(ftxin) (10′ 6″) (10′ 10″) (11′ 1″) (10′ 6″)
2 2 2 2
8.5 psi) 7.5 psi) 6.7 psi) 8.8 psi)
3
3
yd ) bucket.
• 700 mm (28 in) grouser shoe, 800 mm (31 in) grousert shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not
12-3
SPECIFICATIONS
BUCKET TYPES AND APPLICATIONS
Bucket Bucket Capacity Bucket Width

3 3
m (yd ) mm (in) Front-End Attachment
ZAXIS330 ZAXIS330LC
PCSA CECE With Without
2.66 m 3.2 m 4m 2.66 m 3.2 m 4m
(Heaped) (Heaped) side cutter side cutter (8′ 9″) (10′ 6″) (13′ 1″) (8′ 9″) (10′ 6″) (13′ 1″)
Arm Arm Arm Arm Arm Arm
1.15 1.00 1 230 1 100
(1.50) (1.31) (4′ 0″) (3′ 7″) z z z z z z
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) z z { z z z
1.62 1.40 1 590 1 460
Hoe Bucket (2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) { { × { {
1.86 1.60 1 640
(2.43) (2.09) − (5′ 5″) × × × ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(Super V) (1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) z z { z z z
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) z z { z z z
Reinforced Bucket 1.62 1.40 1590 1 460
(2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) { { × { {
1.15 1.00 1 160
Rock Bucket (1.50) (1.31) − (3′ 10″) z z
1.38 1.20 1 350
(Super V) (1.81) (1.57) (4′ 5″) − z z
1.38 1.20 1 350
(Transverse type pin) (1.81) (1.57) (4′ 5″) − z z
1.50 1.30 1 450
(Super V) (1.96) (1.70) (4′ 9″) − z z
1.50 1.30 1 450
(Transverse type pin) (1.96) (1.70) (4′ 9″) − z z
0.90 0.80 1 010
Ripper Bucket (1.18) (1.05) − (3′ 4″) × ×
One Point Ripper − − × ×
Cramshell Bucket 1.00 (1.31) − z z { z z {
NOTE: • Symbols in the above table have the following meanings.
z: General excavating
{: Light duty excavating
: Rock digging
: Loading work
×: Not applicable (not warrantable)
• Hoe bucket is applicable to the following types of work.
General excavating:
For digging and loading operation of sand, gravel, clay, ordinary earth and so on.
Light duty excavating:
For digging and loading operation of dry, loosened earth, sand, mud and so on.
3 3
Their bulk density shall be less than 1.60 t/m (2700 lbf/yd ) as a standard.
Loading:
For loading operation of dry, loosened earth and sand.
3 3
Rock digging:
For digging/loading operation of mountain gravels, blasted rock, hard clay, soft rock and so on.
12-4
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH
A
C
G
B
F
E
D
K J
I H
M1HH-12-002
Model ZAXIS350H Hydraulic Excavator ZAXIS350LCH Hydraulic Excavator

Type of Front-End Attachment 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) H Arm
3 3 3 3
Operating Weight 32900 kg (72500 lb) 33400 kg (73600 lb)
Basic Machine Weight 24900 kg (54900 lb) 25400 kg (56000 lb)
–1
Engine –1
184 kW/2000 min (250 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width
3190 mm (10 ft 6 in)
B: Cab Height 3120 mm (10 ft 3 in) 3140 mm (10 ft 4 in)
D: Minimum Ground
*500 mm (20 in)
Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance * 1140 mm (3 ft 9 in) * 1160 mm (3 ft 10 in)
F: Engine Cover Height * 2510 mm (8 ft 3 in) * 2530 mm (8 ft 4 in)
G: Overall Width of
2995 mm (9 ft 10 in)
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length 4650 mm (15 ft 3 in) 4950 mm (16 ft 3 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center 3730 mm (12 ft 3 in) 4050 mm (13 ft 3 in)
2 2
Ground Pressure 67 kPa (0.68 kgf/cm , 9.7 psi) 63 kPa (0.64 kgf/cm , 9.1 psi)
–1
NOTE: H/P mode
12-5
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
G G
C C
D D
E E
F F
A A
B B
Backhoe Face shovel (Reversed hoe buket) M1HH-12-004
Category 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) H Arm
Backhoe Shovel
Item mm ftxin mm ftxin
A: Maximum Digging Reach 11100 36′ 5″ 11330 37′ 2″
B: Maximum Digging Depth 7380 24′ 3″ 7610 25′ 0″
C: Maximum Cutting Height 10230 33′ 7″ 10680 35′ 0″
D: Maximum Dumping
7130 23′ 5″ 6930 22′ 9″
Height
E: Transport Height * 3230 10′ 7″ 3230 10′ 7″
F: Overall Transport Length 10970 35′ 12″ 10970 35′ 12″
G: Minimum Swing Radius 4490 14′ 9″ 4490 14′ 9″
12-6
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS350H
600 mm (24″) 700 mm (28″) 800 mm (31″) 600 mm (24″)
Shoe Width
H Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Flat Shoe
Application
(lb) (72500) (73200) (74100) (73900)
(lb) (54900) (55600) (56400) (56200)
Cab Height mm 3120 3120 3120 3130
(ftxin) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″) (10′ 3″)
Clearance (mm) (20″) (20″) (20″) (21″)
Length (ftxin) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″) (15′ 3″)
(ftxin) (10′ 6″) (10′ 10″) (11′ 1″) (10′ 6″)
2 2 2 2
9.7 psi) 8.4 psi) 7.4 psi) 9.9 psi)
3
3
yd ) bucket.
• 800 mm (31 in) grousert shoe, 700 mm (27 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not
ZAXIS350LCH
600 mm (24″) 700 mm (28″) 800 mm (31″) 600 mm (24″)
Shoe Width
H Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe Flat Shoe
Application
(lb) (73600) (74700) (75400) (75200)
(lb) (56000) (57100) (57800) (57500)
Cab Height mm 3140 3140 3140 3150
(ftxin) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″) (10′ 4″)
Clearance (mm) (20″) (20″) (20″) (21″)
Length (ftxin) (16′ 3″) (16′ 3″) (16′ 3″) (16′ 3″)
(ftxin) (10′ 6″) (10′ 10″) (11′ 1″) (10′ 6″)
2 2 2 2
9.1 psi) 7.8 psi) 7.0 psi) 9.3 psi)
3
3
yd ) bucket.
• 800 mm (31 in) grousert shoe, 700 mm (27 in) grouser shoe and 600 mm (24 in) flat shoe should not
12-7
SPECIFICATIONS
Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

3 3
m (yd ) mm (in)
Bucket ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH
(Heaped) (Heaped) side cutter side cutter 3.2 m (10′ 6″)
H Arm
1.15 1.00 1 230 1 100
(1.50) (1.31) (4′ 00″) (3′ 7″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
Hoe Bucket 1.62 1.40 1 590 1 460
(2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) ×
1.86 1.60 1 640
(2.43) (2.09) − (5′ 5″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(Super V) (1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
Reinforced Bucket 1.62 1.40 1 590 1 460
(2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) ×
1.15 1.00 1 160
Rock Bucket (1.50) (1.31) − (3′ 10″)
1.38 1.20 1 350
(Super V) (1.81) (1.57) (4′ 5″) − (STD)
1.38 1.20 1 350
(Transverse type pin) (1.81) (1.57) (4′ 5″) −
1.50 1.30 1 450
(Super V) (1.96) (1.70) (4′ 9″) −
1.50 1.30 1 450
0.90 0.80 1 010
Ripper Bucket (1.18) (1.05) − (3′ 4″)
One Point Ripper − −
Cramshell Bucket 1.00 (1.31) − z
: Rock digging
: Loading work
General excavating:
3 3
Loading:
3 3
Rock digging:
12-8
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS370MTH
A C
G
E
D
K J
I H
M1HH-12-006
Model EX370MTH Hydraulic Excavator

Type of Front-End Attachment 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) H Arm
3 3 3 3
Operating Weight 36300 kg (80000 lb)
Basic Machine Weight 28200 kg (62200 lb)
–1
Engine –1
184 kW/2000 min (250 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width
3580 mm (11 ft 9 in)
B: Cab Height 3380 mm (11 ft 1 in)
D: Minimum Ground
* 560 mm (22 in)
Clearance
E: Counterweight Clearance * 1250 mm (4 ft 1 in)
F: Engine Cover Height * 2620 mm (8 ft 7 in)
G: Overall Width of
3380 mm (11 ft 1 in)
Upperstructure
H: Undercarriage Length 5060 mm (16 ft 7 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idler Center 4050 mm (13 ft 3 in)
2
Ground Pressure 68 kPa (0.69 kgf/cm , 9.9 psi)
–1
NOTE: H/P mode
12-9
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING RANGES
ZAXIS370MTH
G G
C C
D D
E E
F F
A A
B B
Backhoe Face shovel (Reversed hoe bucket) M1HH-12-005
Category 3.2 m (10 ft 6 in) H Arm
Backhoe Shovel
Item mm ftxin mm ftxin
A: Maximum Digging Reach 11100 36′ 5″ 11330 37′ 2″
B: Maximum Digging Depth 7270 23′ 10″ 7720 25′ 4″
C: Maximum Cutting Height 10360 34′ 0″ 10810 37′ 2″
D: Maximum Dumping
7240 23′ 9″ 7040 23′ 1″
Height
E: Transport Height * 3380 11′ 1″ 3380 11′ 1″
F: Overall Transport Length 10930 35′ 10″ 10930 35′ 10″
G: Minimum Swing Radius 4490 14′ 9″ 4490 14′ 9″
12-10
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS370MTH
600 mm (24″) 750 mm (30″)
Shoe Width
H Grouser Shoe Grouser Shoe
For Ordinary Ground For Weak Footing
Application
(Standard) (Option)
Operating Weight kg 36300 37400
(lb) (80000) (82500)
Basic Machine Weight kg 28200 29300
(lb) (62200) (64600)
Cab Height mm 3380 3380
(ftxin) (11′ 1″) (11′ 1″)
Minimum Ground 560 560
Clearance (mm) (22″) (22″)
Undercarriage mm 5060 5060
Length (ftxin) (16′ 7″) (16′ 7″)
Undercarriage Width mm 3190 3340
(ftxin) (10′ 6″) (10′ 11″)
68 kPa 56 kPa
2 2
Ground Pressure (0.69 kgf/cm , (0.57 kgf/cm ,
9.9 psi) 8.1 psi)
3
3
yd ) bucket.
• 750 mm (30 in) grousert shoe should not be used on gravel or rocky ground.
12-11
SPECIFICATIONS
ZAXIS370MTH
Bucket Capacity Bucket Width Front-End Attachment

3 3
m (yd ) mm (in)
Bucket ZAXIS370MTH
(Heaped) (Heaped) side cutter side cutter 3.2 m (10′ 6″)
H Arm
1.15 1.00 1 230 1 100
(1.50) (1.31) (4′ 00″) (3′ 7″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
Hoe Bucket 1.62 1.40 1 590 1 460
(2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) ×
1.86 1.60 1 640
(2.43) (2.09) − (5′ 5″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(Super V) (1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
1.40 1.20 1 410 1 280
(1.83) (1.57) (4′ 8″) (4′ 2″) ×
Reinforced Bucket 1.62 1.40 1 590 1 460
(2.12) (1.83) (5′ 3″) (4′ 9″) ×
1.15 1.00 1 160
Rock Bucket (1.50) (1.31) − (3′ 10″)
1.38 1.20 1 350
(Super V) (1.81) (1.57) (4′ 5″) −
1.38 1.20 1 350
1.50 1.30 1 450
(Super V) (1.96) (1.70) (4′ 9″) − (STD)
1.50 1.30 1 450
0.90 0.80 1 010
Ripper Bucket (1.18) (1.05) − (3′ 4″)
One Point Ripper − −
Cramshell Bucket 1.00 (1.31) − ×
: Rock digging
: Loading work
General excavating:
3 3
Loading:
3 3
Rock digging:
12-12
OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND DEVICES
AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION DEVICE
The automatic lubrication device uses a controller-built-in,

grease-tank-attached electric pump to automatically lubri-
cate the greasing points on the front attachment at inter-
vals.
The electric pump is set to operate for duration of ap-
proximately 2 minutes at 3 operating hour intervals.
The electric pump is located in the tool box and the distrib-
uting valve is located on the boom.
The following points are lubricated by the automatic lu-

brication device.
As for the bucket and link pins, use a grease gun to
lubricate them. (Refer to the heading “Greasing” in the
“MAINTENANCE” section.)
• Boom Foot
M157-13-001
• Boom Cylinder Bottom
M157-13-002
13-1
• Boom-Arm Joint Pin, Arm Cylinder Rod End and Bot-

tom, Bucket Cylinder Bottom
M157-13-003
• Boom Cylinder Rod End M157-13-004
M157-13-010
13-2
Check Grease Quantity/Add Grease
Check Grease Quantity:
1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
2
3. Check remaining grease quantity in grease tank (2)
located in the tool box.
1
Add grease as necessary referring to the procedures
below.
IMPORTANT: Check grease tank (2) and add grease as
needed so that the tank does not be-
come empty. If the electric pump is op-
erated with the grease tank empty, air
will get into lubrication lines, resulting in
insufficient lubrication.
M157-13-005
Adding Grease Using Specially Designed Refilling
Pump:
1. Remove the cap from the grease cartridge 0.4 L In-
sert the cartridge into refilling pump (1). 3
2. Remove the filler cap from grease tank (2).
3. Apply the tip of refilling pump (1) to the filler opening
of grease tank (2), and secure the joint using the cap
nut.
4. Slowly push the handle straight into refilling pump (1)
to the stop.
5. Remove refilling pump (1). Securely tighten cap (3) M157-14-019
onto the filler opening.
Adding Grease Via Grease Fittings Using Grease Gun:

Add grease into the grease tank via the grease fitting
located on the side of the tank using a grease gun.
Note that grease may not be able to added via the
grease fitting in cold weather as grease becomes hard.
Be sure to fill the tank full before this happens so that
adding grease is not required while the weather is cold.
If adding grease is required in cold weather, warm the
grease cartridge, then add using the specially designed
refilling pump described above. (The capacity of the tank
is approximately 2 liters which could cover approximately
1000 to 1200 operating hours.)
NOTE: The electric pump is equipped with a safety

valve. If the pump delivery pressure exceeds 34
2
MPa (350 kgf/cm , 4980 psi), grease will be
discharged from the safety valve. If this hap-
pens, contact your authorized dealer for inspec-
tion.
Also, contact your authorized dealer for any

failure of equipment or lines, or for any inquir-
ies.
13-3
BUCKET TEETH (Transverse-Type-Pin-Used
Type)
Replacement Procedure
CAUTION: Guard against injury from flying

pieces of metal. Wear goggles or safety glasses.
1. Securely lower the bucket to the ground.

2. Use hammer (3) and drift (2) to drive out trans- 5 1 2 3
verse-type locking pin (1) to remove tooth (4).
NOTE: Be sure to use a drift (2) thinner than pin (1).
3. Clean shank (5) surface. Attach a new tooth (4) onto

shank (5). Insert pin (1) as deep as it goes. Then,
drive pin (1) using hammer (3) and drift (2) to se-
curely lock tooth (4).
4
M157-14-013
13-4
HYDRAULIC BREAKER
Select a breaker that is the correct size and weight for your
machine. See your authorized dealer for correct breaker
information.
Carefully study the operation manuals of the machine and

breaker, and perform the required checks and/or inspec-
tion before connecting the breaker to the arm.
IMPORTANT: Precautions for connecting breaker pip-

ing.
• Do not allow impurities to enter into the system
when switching the breaker with the bucket.
• When the breaker is not used, apply the cover to
the pipe opening on the arm top and install the
plug into the hose end of the breaker to prevent
impurities from entering the system.
Be sure to provide spare covers and plugs in the
tool box so that they will be available when
needed.
• After connecting, check the connecting seal fitting
for oil leakage, and pipe clamp bolts for loose-
ness.
13-5
BREAKER OPERATION 1
The breaker can be operated using attachment pedal (1)

located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1)

with pedal lock (2) when the attachment pedal is
not in use.
1. Select the attachment mode using work mode switch

(3). Attachment mode indicator (4) will light when se-
lected.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to unlock attachment M178-13-001
pedal (1).
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) to operate the
breaker.
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the 4
breaker.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal 3
lock (2) when the attachment pedal is not in use.
M178-01-142
LOCK
2 1
UNLOCK
Stopper Bolt
M107-01-042
Pedal Lock
Pilot Valve
29
Adjust to Approx.29 mm (1.14 in)
M107-01-043
13-6
PRECAUTIONS FOR BREAKER OPERATION
CAUTION: Machine stability is reduced as the WRONG

breaker is much heavier than the bucket.
When using a breaker, the machine is more apt to
tip over. Also, flying objects may hit the cab or
other part of the machine. Observe the following
precautions and take any other precautions nec-
essary to prevent accidents and machine damage
from occurring.
• Avoid hitting objects with breaker. M104-05-055
The breaker is heavier than the bucket, causing the

breaker to lower faster.
Take care not to hit any objects with breaker. Doing so
will result in damage to the breaker, the front attach- WRONG
ment, and/or the upperstructure. Always move (lower)
the breaker slowly to position the tip of the chisel on
the object to be broken before starting breaker opera-
tion.
• Do not use the breaker and/or the swing function to

move objects. Damage to the boom, arm, and/or
breaker may result. M104-05-056
WRONG
• To prevent cylinder/machine damage, do not operate

the breaker with the hydraulic cylinder rod fully re-
tracted or fully extended.
M104-05-057
Hose jumping abnormally

Accumulator
• Stop operation if breaker hydraulic hoses jump ab-

normally. Change in breaker accumulator pressure or
a damaged accumulator will cause abnormal hose
jumping and may cause breaker and/or machine dam-
age.
Immediately contact your authorized dealer if this hap- Hose jumping
pens. abnormally
M104-05-058
13-7
• Do not operate the breaker in water. Doing so will
cause rust and seal damage, resulting in damage to
the hydraulic system components. WRONG
Rod
M104-05-059
• Do not use breaker for lifting operation. The machine

tipping over and/or breaker damage may result. WRONG
M104-05-060
• Do not operate the breaker to the side of the machine.

WRONG
The machine may become unstable and undercar-
riage component life may shorten as a result from op-
erating the breaker to the side of the machine.
RIGHT RIGHT
WRONG M104-05-061
• Operate the hydraulic excavator carefully to avoid hit-

ting the boom.
WRONG
Watch Out!
Take care not to hit the
boom with the breaker
M104-05-062
13-8
• Do not operate breaker with the arm positioned verti-
cally. Excessive vibration to the arm cylinder will occur,
causing oil leakage. WRONG
M147-05-013
• Press the breaker so that the chisel (the axis) is posi-

tioned and thrusted perpendicular to the object.
RIGHT WRONG
M147-05-014
• Do not operate the breaker continuously longer than

one minute. Excessive chisel wear will result. If an
object could not be broken within one minute, apply
the chisel to other locations, less than one minute for
each location.
If an object could not be

broken within one min-
ute, apply the chisel to
other locations, less
than one minute for
each location.
M147-05-015
• Raising the front part of the undercarriage by pressing

down the breaker may cause damage to the front at-
tachment. Although raising the front edge of the un-
dercarriage up to 150 mm (6 in) is tolerable, do not Pressing
practice this method more than necessary. Never Down
raise the front edge of the undercarriage higher than Raising 100 to
150 mm (6 in) by pressing the breaker down. 150 mm
M147-05-016
13-9
BREAKER MAINTENANCE
Change Hydraulic Oil and Replace Hydraulic Oil Tank Filter
Hydraulic breaker operation subjects the hydraulic system

to become contaminated faster and to deteriorate the hy-
draulic oil quickly. For this reason, hydraulic oil must be
changed and the hydraulic oil tank filter must be replaced
more often than the machine attached with a bucket. Fail-
ure to do so may result in damage to the breaker, hydraulic
oil pump, and other hydraulic system components. Rec-
ommended changing intervals are shown below. (For filter
replacement and oil changing procedures, refer to the “Hy-
draulic System” in the “MAINTENANCE” Section.)
Changing Interval (hours)

Machine with
Machine with Ordinary
Hydraulic
Bucket
Breaker
Hydraulic Oil 600* 1500 or 2500 or 4000
Filter Element 100* 1000
NOTE: *The above figures are for 100% breaker time

share. When the breaker time share is less,
changing intervals can be extended as shown
in the diagram below.
Be sure to replace elements when breaker has

been operated for 100 hours continuously.
100
80
Time to change hy-
draulic oil 1500 hours
changing interval
60 Time to change hy-

draulic oil 2500 hours
Breaker Time changing interval
Sharing (%) Time to change hy-
40 draulic oil 4000 hours
changing interval
20
Time to replace
filter element
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Changing Interval (Hours)

M178-13-005
13-10
HYDRAULIC CRUSHER
Machine stability, applicable hydraulic oil pressure and oil 1

quantity for crusher, etc. must be examined when selecting
a crusher.
Be sure to consult your authorized dealer when selecting a
crusher.
For operational instructions, refer to the crusher instruction

manual.
Operation
The crusher can be operated using attachment pedal (1)
located on the right front of the seat, as illustrated.
M178-13-001
CAUTION: Be sure to lock attachment pedal (1)
with pedal lock (2) when the attachment pedal is
not in use. 5
Crusher with Two Speed Modes:

1. Select the attachment mode using work mode switch
(3). Attachment indicator (4) will light.
Turn attachment select switch (5) to the CRUSHER
(L) or to the CRUSHER (S) position
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to unlock attachment
pedal (1).
3. Push down on attachment pedal (1) either forward or M157-01-107
backward to open or close the crusher. 2 1

LOCK
4. Remove foot from attachment pedal (1) to stop the
UNLOCK
crusher.
5. Always keep attachment pedal (1) locked with pedal
lock (2) when attachment pedal (1) is not in use.
Crusher without Two Speed Modes:

1. Select the general purpose mode with work mode
switch (3). General purpose mode indicator (6) will
light. Tighten the Stopper Bolt.
2. Move pedal lock (2) forward to unlock attachment M107-01-018
pedal (1).
Note that if the attachment mode is selected,
open/close speed of the crusher may become slow.
4
M178-01-142
13-11
PRECAUTIONS FOR CRUSHER OPERATION
Prevent machine tipping over and damage to the front at-

tachment. Observe the following precautions for crusher
operation.
CAUTION: Machine stability is reduced as

crusher is much heavier than bucket.
When operating with a crusher, the machine is
more apt to tip over. Also, falling or flying objects
may hit the cab or other part of the machine. Ob-
serve the following precautions and take any
other precautions necessary to prevent accidents
and machine damage from occurring.
• Do not allow the machine’s weight to be supported by WRONG

the crusher or bucket cylinder with the bucket cylinder
fully extended or retracted. Doing so may damage the
front attachment. In particular, avoid doing so with the
bucket cylinder fully extended, as the front attachment
will be easily damaged.
Take care to prevent this from happening when dis-
mantling foundation structures using the crusher.
M107-05-046
• Do not attempt to perform crushing on either side of

the machine. Always perform crushing operations to WRONG
the fore or rear, parallel with the tracks. Otherwise, tip-
ping over may occur.
M107-05-047
13-12
• When operating the crusher up high with the boom
fully raised, be careful of falling objects.
WRONG
M107-05-048
• When operating the crusher on a floor in a building,

first confirm that the floor has sufficient strength to WRONG
support the load caused by crushing, in addition to the
machine weight.
• Always operate the crusher on a stable, level surface,
not on a slope or on crushed scraps.
• Do not use the crusher to haul or load crushed scraps.
• If a multiple number of attachments, such as crusher
and bucket, or crusher and breaker, are used, replac-
ing them with each other at intervals, impurities are
more apt to enter the hydraulic system and the hy-
draulic oil deteriorates quickly. For this reason, replace
the hydraulic oil tank filter and change the hydraulic oil
at the intervals specified in the breaker time sharing
M107-05-049
diagram in the previous section. Read the breaker
time sharing diagram supposing that time sharing
percentage of attachment (s) other than the crusher is
that of the breaker.
• Always remove the crusher from the excavator before
transporting the machine. Do not fully extend the
bucket cylinder when transporting, as this may dam-
age the front attachment, when vibrations arise during
transportation.
13-13
MEMO
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................
13-14
INDEX
A Check Instruments After Starting.........................3-6
Adjust the Operator’s Seat .................................. S-5 Check the Hour Meter Regularly .........................7-2
Adjust the Seat (ZAXIS330, 330LC).................. 1-44 Closing Upper Front Window.............................1-39
Adjusting Console Height .................................. 1-48 COMPONENTS NAME........................................1-1
Adjusting the Seat --- If Equipped Confirm Direction of Machine to be Driven ......... S-9
(ZAXIS350H, 350LCH, 370MTH)................ 1-46 Control Lever (HITACHI Pattern) .......................5-2
After the First 100 Hours ..................................... 2-1 Control Lever (ISO Pattern) ...............................5-1
After the First 50 Hours ....................................... 2-1 Control Levers ...................................................11-9
Air Cleaner ........................................................ 7-48 Coolant Level Indicator ........................................1-6
Air Conditioner Operation.................................. 1-23 Coolant Temperature Gauge .............................1-4
Air Filter Restriction Indicator .............................. 1-5 Cooling Operation ..............................................1-28
Alternator Indicator .............................................. 1-5 Cooling System..................................................7-50
AM/FM Radio Operation.................................... 1-35 Correct Maintenance
Auto Acceleration ................................................ 5-8 and Inspection Procedures............................7-1
Auto-Acceleration Indicator ................................. 1-4
Auto-Idle Indicator ............................................... 1-4 D
Auto-Idle .............................................................. 5-7 Defroster Operation ..................................1-28, 1-34
Auto-Idle/Acceleration Selector ......................... 1-12 Dig with Caution................................................ S-15
Automatic Lubrication Device............................ 13-1 Digital Clock Setting Procedure .........................1-36
Avoid Abusive Operation................................... 5-15 Display Selection Switch......................................1-7
Avoid Applying Heat to Lines Containing Dispose of Waste Properly ............................... S-28
Flammable Fluids........................................ S-26 Drive Machine Safely ........................................ S-10
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ..... S-26 Drive the Machine Carefully.................................4-1
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids............................... S-22 DRIVING THE MACHINE ....................................4-1
Avoid Injury from Back-Over
and Swing Accidents ................................... S-12 E
Avoid Injury from Rollaway Accidents ............... S-11 Electrical System ....................................7-55, 11-6
Avoid Power Lines............................................. S-15 Emergency Boom Lowering Procedure .............5-18
Avoid Tipping..................................................... S-14 Emergency Exit..................................................1-43
Avoid Undercutting ............................................ S-13 Engine Control Dial ............................................1-11
Engine Oil Level Indicator ....................................1-6
B Engine Oil Pressure Indicator ..............................1-5
Backhoe (ZAXIS330) .......................................... 6-6 Engine Speed Control..........................................5-6
Backhoe (ZAXIS330LC) ...................................... 6-9 Engine Stop Knob ..............................................1-21
Backhoe (ZAXIS350H) ...................................... 6-12 Engine ......................................................7-18, 11-1
Backhoe (ZAXIS350LCH) ................................. 6-15 Evacuating in Case of Fire................................ S-24
Backhoe (ZAXIS370MTH)................................. 6-18 Every Eight Hours or Daily...................................2-1
Before Starting Engine ........................................ 3-2
Beware of Exhaust Fumes ................................ S-24 F
Breaker Maintenance ...................................... 13-10 Face Shovel Operation ......................................5-15
Breaker Operation ............................................. 13-6 Fasten Your Seat Belt......................................... S-6
BREAK-IN ........................................................... 2-1 Follow Safety Instructions ................................... S-2
Bucket Teeth Fuel Gauge ........................................................1-4
(Transverse-Type-Pin Used Type) ............ 13-4 Fuel Level Indicator..............................................1-5
Bucket Types and Applications Fuel System .......................................................7-41
(ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH) ..................... 12-8 Fuse Box............................................................1-22
Bucket Types and Applications
(ZAXIS370MTH)........................................ 12-12 G
Bucket Types and Applications General Precautions for Cab .............................. S-4
(ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC) .......................... 12-4 Grading Operation .............................................5-14
Greasing ..........................................................7-11
C
Cab Door Release Lever................................... 1-38 H
Cab Features....................................................... 1-2 Handle Chemical Products Safely .................... S-28
Cab Heater Operation ..................... 1-27, 1-31, 1-33 Handle Fluids Safely − Avoid Fires ................... S-17
Cab Light ........................................................... 1-20 Handle Starting Aids Safely ................................ S-6
14-1
INDEX
Hood and Access Covers.................................... 7-6 Operate with Caution ........................................ S-15
Horn Switch ....................................................... 1-18 Operating Backhoe ............................................5-14
Hour Meter .......................................................... 1-7 Operating in Water or Mud ..................................4-8
Hydraulic Breaker.............................................. 13-5 Operating on Soft Ground....................................4-6
Hydraulic Crusher............................................ 13-11 OPERATING THE ENGINE.................................3-1
Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator .............. 1-6 OPERATING THE MACHINE..............................5-1
Hydraulic System...................................... 7-26, 11-9 Operating Tips ...................................................5-16
OPERATOR’S STATION.....................................1-2
I OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND
INDEX .............................................................. 14-1 DEVICES .....................................................13-1
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting ................ 3-1 Overheat Indicator ...............................................1-5
Inspect Machine .................................................. S-3 Overnight Storage Instructions ..........................5-17
Installing Fire Extinguisher ................................ 1-20
Investigate Job Site Beforehand ......................... S-8 P
Park Machine Safely......................................... S-17
J Parking the Machine on Slopes .........................4-10
Jump Starting ...................................................... S-7 Parking the Machine ..........................................4-10
Periodic Replacement of Parts ............................7-7
K Pilot Control Shut-Off Lever........................1-21, 5-3
Keep Personnel Clear from Working Area........ S-13 Power Boost Switch ...........................................1-18
Keep Riders Off Machine .................................... S-7 Power Boost.......................................................5-10
Key Switch......................................................... 1-18 Power Mode Switch ...........................................1-13
Power Mode.......................................................5-11
L Practice Safe Maintenance............................... S-18
Level Check......................................................... 3-3 Precaution for Arm Roll-in/Bucket Roll-in
Lighter .............................................................. 1-19 Combined Operation ...................................5-17
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) ............................... 1-7 Precautions for Breaker Operation ....................13-7
Loading/Unloading on a Trailer ........................... 6-1 Precautions for Crusher Operation ..................13-12
Precautions for Operations ................................5-12
M Precautions for Traveling on Slopes....................4-9
Machine Lifting Procedure................................... 6-5 Precautions for Welding and Grinding.............. S-25
Maintenance Guide Table ................................... 7-3 Preheat Indicator .................................................1-6
Maintenance Guide ............................................. 7-8 Prepare for Emergencies.................................... S-2
Maintenance Under Special Prepare Machine for Maintenance.......................7-5
Environmental Conditions ............................. 9-1 Prevent Battery Explosions............................... S-27
MAINTENANCE UNDER SPECIAL Prevent Burns ................................................... S-21
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ............... 9-1 Prevent Fires .................................................... S-23
MAINTENANCE .................................................. 7-1 Prevent Parts from Flying ............................... S-20
Miscellaneous .................................................. 7-60 Protect Against Falling Stones and Debris ......... S-8
Mode Selection.................................................. 11-8 Protect Against Flying Debris............................ S-16
Monitor Panel ...................................................... 1-3 Protect Against Noise ......................................... S-3
Move and Operate Machine Safely ..................... S-6 Provide Signals for Jobs Involving Multiple
Numbers of Machines................................... S-9
N
Never Position Bucket Over Anyone ................. S-13 R
Never Undercut a High Bank............................. S-14 Raise One Track Using Boom and Arm ..............4-6
Recognize Safety Information............................. S-1
O Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating........ S-26
Object Handling --- If Equipped ......................... 5-19 Removing and Storing Lower
Object Handling................................................. S-16 Front Window ..............................................1-40
Observe Engine Operation Closely ..................... 2-1 Removing the Machine from Storage ................10-2
Opening Side Windows ..................................... 1-41 Replace Rubber Hoses Periodically ................. S-21
Opening Upper Front Window........................... 1-38
Opening/Closing Overhead Window ................. 1-42 S
Operate Only from Operator’s Seat .................... S-7 SAFETY SIGNS................................................ S-29
Operate the Machine Safely.............................. 5-13 SAFETY.............................................................. S-1
14-2
INDEX
Seat Belt............................................................ 1-49 Working Ranges (ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC) .....12-2
Select Correct Track Shoes .............................. 5-16 Working Ranges (ZAXIS370MTH) ..................12-10
Service Air Conditioning System Safely ............ S-27
Set Switch ........................................................... 1-9
Shackle Hole Usage.......................................... 5-17
Shoe Types and Applications
(ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH) ..................... 12-7
(ZAXIS370MTH)........................................ 12-11
(ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC) .......................... 12-3
Specifications (ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH) .. 12-5
Specifications (ZAXIS370MTH) ........................ 12-9
SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 12-1
Specifications (ZAXIS330, ZAXIS330LC) ......... 12-1
Starting in Cold Weather ..................................... 3-5
Starting the Engine.............................................. 3-4
Stay Clear of Moving Parts................................ S-19
Steering the Machine Using Levers .................... 4-3
Steering the Machine Using Pedals .................... 4-2
Stopping the Engine ............................................ 3-9
STORAGE......................................................... 10-1
Store Attachments Safely.................................. S-20
Storing the Machine .......................................... 10-1
Support Machine Properly................................. S-19
Switch Panel .................................................... 1-11
Switch Panel (Optional) ..................................... 1-16
T
Tips for Optimal Air Conditioner Usage............. 1-30
Towing Machine a Short Distance....................... 4-7
Transmission ................................................... 7-21
Transporting by Road.......................................... 6-1
TRANSPORTING................................................ 6-1
Travel Alarm (Optional) ....................................... 4-4
Travel Mode Switch.................................... 1-13, 4-4
Traveling.............................................................. 4-5
Trip Meter 1 and Trip Meter 2 ............................. 1-8
TROUBLESHOOTING ...................................... 11-1
U
Understand Signal Words ................................... S-1
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants....................... 7-2
Use Handholds and Steps................................... S-5
User’s Mode ........................................................ 1-8
Using Booster Batteries....................................... 3-7
W
Warn Others of Service Work ........................... S-19
Wear Protective Clothing .................................... S-3
Wiper/Washer Switch........................................ 1-15
Work Light Switch ............................................. 1-14
Work Mode Switch ............................................ 1-10
Work Mode........................................................ 5-10
Working Ranges
(ZAXIS350H, ZAXIS350LCH) ..................... 12-6
14-3

ZX330 Thru ZX370MTH (EM1HH-1-1)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZX330 Thru ZX370MTH (EM1HH-1-1)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PART NO.

©2001 Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER M157-00-001

ENGINE TYPE AND SERIAL NUMBER

TRAVEL MOTOR TYPE AND SERIAL M1HH-07-001

HYDRAULIC PUMP TYPE AND SERIAL M178-07-014

• These are the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOLS.

• When you see these symbols on your machine or in

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

• On machine safety signs, signal words designating the

• DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation

• To avoid confusing machine protection with personal

• NOTE indicates an additional explanation for an

• Carefully read and follow all safety signs on the machine

• Safety signs should be installed, maintained and re-

• If a safety sign or this manual is damaged or missing,

• Learn how to operate the machine and its controls cor-

• Allow only trained, qualified, authorized personnel to op-

• Keep your machine in proper working condition.

• Unauthorized modifications of the machine may impair

• The safety messages in this SAFETY chapter are in-

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES

• Be prepared if a fire starts or if an accident occurs.

• Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher on hand.

• Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appro-

You may need:

Respirator or filter mask.

• Avoid wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or other items

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

• Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment

• Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as

• Inspect your machine carefully each day or shift by walk-

• In the walk-around inspection, be sure to cover all

• Before entering the cab, thoroughly remove all dirt

• Falling is one of the major causes of personal injury.

ADJUST THE OPERATOR’S SEAT

• A poorly adjusted seat for either the operator or for the

• The seat should be adjusted whenever changing the

• If the machine should overturn, the operator may be-

• Prior to operating the machine, thoroughly examine

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY

• Bystanders can be run over.

• Take extra care not to run over bystanders. Confirm

HANDLE STARTING AIDS SAFELY

• Starting fluid is highly flammable.

• Keep all sparks and flame away when using it.

• Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.

• Inappropriate engine starting procedures may cause the

• Start the engine only from the operator’s seat.

• Battery gas can explode, resulting in serious injury.

• If the engine must be jump started, be sure to follow

• Failure to follow correct jump starting procedures

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

• Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being

• Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders

• When working at the edge of an excavation or on a road

• Investigate the configuration and ground conditions of

PROTECT AGAINST FALLING STONES AND

• Confirm that your machine is FOPS cab equipped

• For jobs involving multiple numbers of machines, pro-

CONFIRM DIRECTION OF MACHINE TO BE

• Incorrect travel pedal/lever operation may result in seri-

• Before driving the machine, confirm the position of the